Home /
About Me
First and foremost, very warm Welcome and Thanks for stopping by my blog 
I am Dheeraj Sharma, an avid Traveler, a rookie shutterbug, a die hard Leh – Ladakh lover, with a strong passion towards driving whilst exploring new places & sharing those experiences with the fellow Travelers. Lately, I found that using your passion to dive into the unknown and testing your limits of soul and body really boosts your individuality. Since then I never looked back. I love to capture the beauty of nature in cameras or simply say “Nature/Landscape Photography”. Frequently I get on my wheels to hunt this unsatisfied hunger of capturing the endless beauty which nature offers us.
Well, professionally I am into Software Development. Besides traveling, I enjoy and love my work to the core, trying to be ever competitive in challenges offered to me in my professional life. Personally, Cricket, Computers and Hollywood Movies always finds a special attention in my day to day life. Before I die, I would love to summit at least 5 peaks starting from 5000-7500 Meters or may be more if god, luck and physical fitness allow me to do so . Just as everything starts with a cause, so do this whole chapter of Traveling in my life. If you are interested to know more please read the post “Everything has a start…“
One day a thought rippled through my mind for sharing all I learn from Travel with likes of you, hence I choose to start this Blog. [highlight]This Blog is all simply about my hobby and passion towards Traveling[/highlight]. You can expect experiences, learning, thoughts, tips, guides, routes, maps, suggestions, hotel reviews, travel news etc. You all are most welcome to join in and share your comments, experiences, thoughts, suggestions etc or any stuff related to traveling, driving, dining, riding etc.
The Vision of the blog is to share as much valuable travel information and experiences as possible with other fellow travelers or tourists and help them travel with a difference…
I dedicate this blog and offer my sincere Thanks to my Family (Lovely Mom and Dad and a beautiful wife, my little super hero), Relatives, Friends, Uncle (Mr. Dev Dutt Sharma) for their never ending love, care, affection and support. May GOD bless each one of them and their families too.
You are most welcome to leave a comment if I missed something, I will get back to you within no time. I hope you will subscribe to read what’s new on this blog with each passing day and keep on visiting again and again to share your Travel (or driving or riding) experiences, comments, thoughts, suggestions etc.
If you found above article useful, then PLEASE stay connected with us on Facebook or Twitter or Email Subscription for any travel queries or travel updates / tips / news / guides on Traveling to Ladakh, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Kashmir and other parts of Himalayas. Travel, off the road with us...
724 Comments
Will Manali-Losar Road be open by Jume1
Hi Dheeraj,
Truly appreciate your interest and passion for travel and also sharing yr ideas with all.
My husband and I are travelling from Mumbai to Srinagar by flight on 20th June and are planning to go to Leh by road and then planning to come back from leh Manali route till Chandigarh.. We have to reach Chandigarh on 29th or 30 th June.. Can you please suggest how should be plan our Trip…
Hi Dheeraj,
First of all my warm regards for such a nice blog, its exactly what I was looking for our trip to Srinagar-Leh-Laddakh. I along with my friend are planning a 9 days trip of Jammu-Srinagar-Leh. This 9 days trip exclude travelling to Jammu and travelling back from Leh to Delhi. Can you please suggest/guide a proper plan for this trip. We will reach Jammu around 9am and would like to spend 2 days in Srinagar and remaining in Leh-Laddakh. What’s best way to travel – KJSRTC buses or pvt buses, what options we have for travelling both on Jammu-Srinagar and Srinagar-Leh/Laddakh routes. We will be travelling by road.
Waiting for your friendly response – Ketan.
Hi Dheeraj,
Gr8 effort and very helpful too!
Just require some advice from you. We are planning for Leh trip for 8-9 days (8 – 15 June). The plan is to travel by road which starts from Delhi on 8th morning. We need to be back to Delhi by 16th evening (6:00 PM). Could you please help and let us know the viability and itinerary…Thanks a ton!!
Piyush, 9 days are too low for Ladakh trip by road. Still if there is no option then better folow the Manali – Leh Highway which takes less number of days.
Day 1 | Delhi – Manali/Solang Valley
– Better stay at Solang Valley and avoid Manali as sleeping at Solang Valley does help in acclimatization
– If going by own car, get the permit made in advance to drive on Manali – Rohtang Pass road through hotel/travel agent in Manali
– Overnight at Manali/Solang Valley
Day 2 | Manali/Solang Valley – Keylong/Jispa
– It is always better to stay either at Keylong/Jispa so that you do not feel sick or hit by AMS.
– Avoid sleeping at Sarchu at any cost while going to Leh from Manali because your body will not be acclimatized by the time you reach there.
– I prefer staying at Jispa more because Keylong gives the feeling of a town while Jispa is more closer to nature having Bhaga river running just aside the Manali – Leh Highway at Jispa.
– Overnight at Keylong/Jispa
Day 3 | Keylong/Jispa – Leh
– Leave Keylong/Jispa early next morning, say by 4/5 AM types, so that you reach Leh in the evening.
– Overnight at Leh
Day 4 | Leh Local Sightseeing + Inner Line Permits
– To know the about the places to visit check the link: Travel Guide for Local Sightseeing of Leh Town in Ladakh
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 6 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
Day 7 | Leh – Pangong Tso Lake – Leh
– Day trip to Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Leh
Day 8 | Leh – Taglang La – Moore Plains – Pang – Sarchu
– Stay overnight at Sarchu
Day 9 | Sarchu – Baralacha La – Keylong – Rohtang Pass – Manali
– On the way cover Suraj Tal, Deepak Tal which are on the road sides only
– Overnight at Manali
Day 10 | Manali – Delhi
– Return home
In the above itinerary get the permits done on Day 4 or in advance and head to Nubra Valley on Day 4 only and skip Leh Local Sightseeing. This way you will do it in 9 days
Regards
Dheeraj
Hi Dheeraj,
I want to make a personal plan for J&K and Ladakh for about 15 days with nearly 10 people, including bikes and vehicles (rent). Want to discuss this with you personally.. Can you pls provide your number?
Neha
Emailed you the contact info.
Hello Dheeraj,
Thanks for sharing such useful information with us. I was searching through google and wasting my time for gathering information for Ladakh Road trip but devilonwheels has answered all my questions. Thanks a ton.
I have tried to make my itinerary starting from July first week as below:
Day 1 – Chandigarh to Patnitop
Day 2 – Patnitop to Srinagar
Day 3 – Srinagar to Kargil
Day 4 – Kargil to Leh
Day 5 – Local leh and permits
Day 6 – Leh to Nubra valley (Khardung la, Diskit and Hunder) and back to Leh
Day 7 – Leh to Pangong Tso and back to Leh
Day 8 – Sham valley and local Leh
Day 9 – Leh to Jispa
Day 10 – Jispa to Manali
Day 11 – Manali to Chandigarh
1) Need your suggestions for above itinerary.
2) Which taxi would be better for this trip – Innova or Scorpio
3) How is the july month for this trip
4) Should i book hotels in advance for every place where we are going to stay or book on site
Hello Gurdeep,
I will suggest following changes in the itinerary:
Day 5 – Local leh and permits
Day 6 – Leh to Nubra valley (Khardung la, Diskit and Hunder)
Day 7 – Nubra Valley to Leh
Day 8 – Leh – Pangong Tso – Leh
You can cover Alchi, Likir in Sham Valley if you can leave early from Kargil on the way to Leh. Rest all the places in Sham Valley are on the way to Leh only from Kargil.
1. Go with Scorpio, innova tends to stuck in water crossings
2. Good month to travel.
3. Going there and booking will save good money and give you more felxibility. But, of course you may not get the hotel you have in mind and will have to search for them a bit.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Dear Dheerajbhai,
Thanks for your continuous support.
I have visited Leh during 8 to 13 May.
Very Nice place. As per your guidance, I planned. Kidar Guest House is very nice accommodation. very helping owner Mr. Angchuk (09419179029). Also met Taxi driver Mr. Nubu very polite fellow for sight seeing (09622970860). My trip was very nice and thanks for your help.
HI DHEERAJ,
I PLANNING FOR LEH TRIP . FOLLOWING IS MY SCHEDULE
DAY 1 AHMEDABAD TO DELHI
DAY 2 DELHI TO SRINAGAR (FLIGHT)
DAY 3 SRINAGAR TO KARGIL
DAY 4 KARGIL TO LEH
DAY 5 LEH CITY AND LOCAL
DAY 6 LEH TO NUBRA ALONG WITH PASSES
DAY 7 NUBRA TO PANGONG TO LEH
DAY 8 LOCAL LEH PLUS REMAINING DAY 9 LEH TO TSO MORIRI
DAY 10 TSO MORIRI TO SARCHU
DAY 11 SARCHU TO MANALI
DAY 12 MANALI TO DELHI
DAY 13 DELHI TO AHMEDABAD
DAY 14 REACHED AHMEDABAD
DAY 8
IS IT PROPER AND IF I NEED TO SHORT IT DOWN WHAT SHOULD I DO ????DOWN TO 12 DAYS TOTAL
I will suggest only a single change like below:
DAY 6 LEH TO NUBRA ALONG WITH PASSES
DAY 7 NUBRA TO Leh
DAY 8 Leh – Pangong Tso – Leh
DAY 9 LEH TO TSO MORIRI
Rest looks OK to me. It is difficult to cut down to 12 days if you want to enjoy the trip.
Regards
dheeraj
Firstly I must say..Hats off to you!!!!!!!!!I am truly amazed by your site which gives so much information to a first time travel to leh ladakh.
I am a hardcore traveller and have been travelling in india and all over europe(as i live there now since two years) but unfortunately two times that i decided to do the leh ladakh trip, due to some problem we had to cancel it. Now ultimately and finally our plans to travel has been decided and going according to your advice we have made an itinerary:
30th june: Day 01: Leave from Mumbai for Amritsar
1st july: Day 02: Amritsar early morning arrival Amritsar sightseeing and wagah border retreat. Overnight Hotel
2nd July: Day 03 : After breakfast leave for Katra.
3rd July: Day 04: After breakfast, Leave from KATRA to Srinagar. On way visit Patnitop. Over night House boat.
4th July: Day 05: After breakfast leave to visit MOGOL gardens, shankaracharya temple, etc.
5th July: Day 06 : After breakfast leave for GULMARG,.
6th July: Day 07: Day tour to PAHALGAM.
7th July: Day 08: After Breakfast leave for LADAKH region via KARGIL. En-route visit Sonamarg, Drass. Have a glimpse of TOLO_LING, TIGER HILLS and Mushkoo Valley.. Over night Hotel at Kargil.
8th july: Day 09: Leave for Leh after breakfast drive to Uley-tokpo. En-route visit Mulbek Chamba, Over night at Uley-Tokpo camp.
9th july: Day 10: After breakfast drive towards Leh. En-route visit Confluence [Indus & Zanskar river], Magnetic hill, Gurdawara Pather Sahib, Hall of Fame. Over night Hotel.
10th july: Day 11: local sight seeing around Leh. Shanti Stupa, Leh Palace & Stok.
Over night Hotel.
11th july: Day 12: Leh to Nubra Valley (120 Kms); After Breakfast drive to Nubra Valley via Khardungla 5600m (Highest Motorable road in the world). Overnight Camp
12th july: Day 13: Nubra Valley to Leh. Overnight Hotel
13th july: Day 14: Leh to Pangong Lake . Overnight Camp
14th july: Day 15: Drive back to Leh by the same route.. Arrive at Leh by afternoon en-route visit Thiksey & Hemis. Overnight Hotel.
15th july: Day 16: Leh to Tsomoriri Lake Overnight Camp
16th july: Day 17: Tsomoriri to Serchu via Tsokar Lake. untains. Overnight Camp
17th july: Day 18: After breakfast drive towards Manali via rohtang pass. Over night Hotel stay.
18th july: Day 19: Local sight of Manali town. In evening board bus to Delhi or proceed to dharamshala and stay overnight.
19th july: Day 20 :. Train from Delhi to Mumbai or from chakki bank to Mumbai.
just wanted to check if that is ok and also we are family of five persons(all three kids are above 18 years)travelling for this trip. My daughter is pursuing her 2nd year in Bachelors in Photography from Symbiosis, Pune. Any tips / advice for her as i know that you are a very good photographer yourself.
Hello Preety,
Thanks alot for the compliment but I just try to click only beautiful places, so automatically they look beautiful
… The only tip an amateur like me can give is Leave Early and Sleep Early on the trip to capture the true moments of light early morning and late evening in a relaxed manner. The itinerary above is well crafted and I think Katra to Srinagar will be a long drive. You may like to halt the night at Patnitop than Katra and then go to Srinagar from there. Better stay overnight at Pahalgam rather Gulmarg and do day trip of Gulmarg. Personally, I feel Pahalgam is more scenic than Gulmarg. If you can remove them, then you can also opt these days for some rest days in between in Ladakh which will help alot in easing out the last half of the trip. But overall, rest of the plan looks fine to me.
Regards
dheeraj
Thank you so much for your reply…..just wanted to ask your advice….should we take a tourist car from Amritsar which has a HP numberplate or should we just take taxis from one place to another. i am told sightseeing in ladakh is very expensive if one wants a six seater as we are five of us? i tried to understand from the taxi rates 2013 but couldnot understand much. as i am told for eg. if i take a taxi from leh – nubra – leh with a night halt it is around 10000 odd. is it true?
Preety, No it is not 10000. it is about 8500 odd and that is taxi union rates at which you can give some discounts by speaking out to driver directly. No doubt taxi in leh is costly but you have no choice because the taxis outside ladakh are not allowed for sightseeing in Ladakh. So, no use taking taxi from other place. Check with some driver directly.
Dear Dheeraj,
First of ‘hats off’ to such an exemplary effort to not just chronicle your journeys around the wonderful lands/mountains of India, but also for the relentless efforts you put in to respond to people’s queries and help them in more ways they can imagine.
I too am an avid traveler, and even though I write a lot (professionally, I am a corporate communications guy) haven’t gotten around to setting up blogs or travelogue. So in that sense, I truly am in awe of what you do. Thank you for being a great contributor to the travel community.
Coming back to one of the main purpose of this thread is to seek your expert advise on a Leh trip we (a group of 4 – two couples) are looking to undertake around 20 June. Below are the set of questions I have and would be greatly obliged to have you share your suggestions/expertise on the same.
1. Planning to go via Srinagar to Leh and come back via Manali as suggested by you.
2. Spending 12 days ex-Delhi for the trip (would have loved to do more but professional commitments get in the way).
3. Below is what we are looking to do and it is hear I truly need your advise. What do you think?
Day1 (evening start): Delhi-Chandigarh
Day 2 (early morning start): Delhi-Ganderbal (staying at Ganderbal at someone’s home)
Day 3: Ganderbal-Leh (is this doable, given its June-end)?
Day 4: Roam around in Leh – get acclimatize
Day 5: Leh-Nubra Valley (overnight at Diskit)
Day 6: Diskit-Pangong (overnight at pangong)
Day 7: Pangong-Hanle (can this be covered in one day)
Day 8: Hanle-Sarachu (can this be covered in one day)
Day 9: Sarachu-Manali
Day 10: Manali-Delhi
Day 11 and 12: Buffer days for spending additional time around Srinagar/Leh/Hanle
4. Would you have recommendations on hotels/contact for the places I am spending nights at, esp at Diskit, Pangong, Hanle, Sarachu.
5. Is there a way one can easily get permission to stay at the guest house at IIA’s guest house in Hanle?
6. Where does one apply for ILPs for the above itinerary? In Leh itself or even before entering Leh?
7. What would be your recommendation on clothing? How much warm/woollens should we be carry, given the altitudes we’ll likely hit?
8. How good/bad are the road conditions, especially Srinagar-Leh and thereon. I do have a niggling back problem and want to prepare myself for the worst, so any heads-up on road conditions would be appreciated.
9. Is it safe to carry cash for all the expenses for the entire trip? I am assuming one can’t rely on ATMs
10. Does BSNL work everywhere? Would it be safe to carry a BSNL mobile connection?
11. Your feedback on whether the itinerary is suitable to be undertaken in an XUV500. Any special precautions we must exercise?
Its quite a long list of questions and I am not sure if you’d have the patience to answer, but if you do, me and my friends shall ever be thankful. And if you happen to be in Delhi/Bangalore/Chandigarh, I would love to meet you up and take you for a nice dinner
Look forward to hear from you.
Goldie
Hello Goldie,
Thank you so very much brother for such nice words, feels nice to be re-connected to the world again and seeing such a lovely comment. Please find my replies below:
1. Planning to go via Srinagar to Leh and come back via Manali as suggested by you.
– That’s correct way of doing it especially when you are with families.
3. Below is what we are looking to do and it is hear I truly need your advise. What do you think?
– Some parts not doable OR VERY hectic. I have rephrased the itinerary below:
Day1 (evening start): Delhi-Chandigarh
Day 2 (early morning start): Delhi-Ganderbal (staying at Ganderbal at someone’s home)
Day 3: Ganderbal-Leh (is this doable, given its June-end)?
Day 4: Kargil – Leh
Day 5: Leh Rest Day + Permits
Day 6: Leh – Nubra Valley (overnight at Diskit)
Day 7: Nubra Valley – Leh
Day 7: Leh – Pangong Tso – Leh
Day 8: Leh – Tso Moriri
Day 9: Tso Moriri – Sarchu
Day 10: Sarchu – Manali
Day 11: Manali – Delhi
Day 12: Buffer days for spending additional time around Srinagar/Leh/Hanle
4. Would you have recommendations on hotels/contact for the places I am spending nights at, esp at Diskit, Pangong, Hanle, Sarachu.
– For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
5. Is there a way one can easily get permission to stay at the guest house at IIA’s guest house in Hanle?
… Would sincerely suggest to drop Hanle and use buffer day to vist Pangong in two days or use it as rest day in between.
– Hanle will be difficult. If you happen to save that buffer day then from Leh go to Hanle directly. Come to Tso Moriri from Hanle and then go to Sarchu. Just write a mail to IIA in a pleading way, may be they listen
6. Where does one apply for ILPs for the above itinerary? In Leh itself or even before entering Leh?
– For details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here
7. What would be your recommendation on clothing? How much warm/woollens should we be carry, given the altitudes we’ll likely hit?
– Carry heavy woolens for sure. They will help in at many places
8. How good/bad are the road conditions, especially Srinagar-Leh and thereon. I do have a niggling back problem and want to prepare myself for the worst, so any heads-up on road conditions would be appreciated.
– Do not expect much from the roads. Srinagar – Leh is OK to travel but near the passes, about last 50 KMs to Tso Moriri and then to Manali – Leh highway will be worse.
9. Is it safe to carry cash for all the expenses for the entire trip? I am assuming one can’t rely on ATMs
– Ladakh is one of the safest places to be in but still carry about 60-70% of the cash you plan to spend and rest can be taken care in Leh ATMs. There are about 4-5 now.
10. Does BSNL work everywhere? Would it be safe to carry a BSNL mobile connection?
– BSNL Post Paid will only work and have largest coverage still does not work everywhere
11. Your feedback on whether the itinerary is suitable to be undertaken in an XUV500. Any special precautions we must exercise?
– Modified and suggested the itinerary above. XUV500 shall be fine. But still read: 7 Useful Tips for a Self Drive to Leh – Ladakh
Sure, will catch up some day. I am based in Delhi only
I hope this helps. Please let me know in case you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
PS: Sorry for the delayed response, I was traveling to Spiti Valley for past 10 days.
Hi Dheeraj,
Thank you so much for such a detailed response. Truly appreciate the time taken.
Any specific reason why you wouldn’t recommend we do the Hanle route? As for our group, we are a bunch of 4 very high-energy folks who have done some pretty rough travels in the past – including treks to Valley of Flowers and survived multiple land slides
Do you reckon getting Hanle in between may strain us too much? Also, any idea if we need to mention any villages (if there are any) between Hanle and Tso Moriri and Sarchu, for seeking permit? Can you help with the route: Hanle-Tso Moriri-Sarchu?
Also, as advised by you, we are breaking our journey in Kargil and doing Kargil-Leh, instead of Ganderbal-Leh.
Let’s plan to catch up in person once I accomplish this trip
Cheers!
Goldie
Goldie, it is not about the rouh roads, in fact Hanle route has most stable roads. It is the number of days that you do not have. You need to Mention: Hanle, Loma, Nyoma on the permit. It will need a day to visit Hanle and then next day you can be back to Tso Moriri and then to Sarchu. You can take the shortcut from Hanle to Tso Moriri passing by Chumur diversion but visiting Chumur is subject to the matter that you get the permits or not.
Great…thanks for the advise Dheeraj. Really appreciate it. Between Hanle and Tso Moriri, do I need to just mention Chumur for the permit or are there are other places too in between? We are keeping our plans with optimism at its best
but will be flexible to move it around depending on a number of factors that we can’t control. Are you looking to go back to Leh anytime soon again?
Goldie, you do not need permits for Chumur unless you want to visit it. Again it is troublesome to get permits for Chumur, but since you are on optimistic trip better give it a shot. If you get the permits then it would be a great run to Chumur and then to Tso MOriri from Hanle.
… Being so close to it, I am sure no one will want to miss it.
Regarding my trip to Ladakh, yes doing it again this year and here are the details
: 12 Days, 12 Lakes & 12 High Mountain Passes – DoW Ladakh 2013
Manali – Losar – Kaza Road Status 2013 – Any update, will it be open by June 1
Karan, I just came back from Spiti Valley last night. Still Kunzum Pass is not opened and will take about 7-8 days to open if the weather holds up. The whole route from Kaza to Manali via Kunzum Pass will not open before late June as per the locals and little experience of the GREF people who are not much experienced with these roads.
I hope this helps. Please let me know in case you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
PS: Sorry for the delayed response, I was traveling to Spiti Valley for past 10 days.
Hi Dheeraj,
Really appreciate for being able to reply each and every query man, hats off to you.
Let me know, if at all you come to know when the road is finally opened.
I have booked my tickets and also the taxi with the help of Dr Ravindra.
I will be travelling from Shimla. Leaving on 28th and coming back on June 3. Please let me know the must visit places on the way man. I am more of a nature and water guy then history. Can you please let me know the places. My itenary is like this
Day 1 – Shimla to Kalpa.
Day 2 – Sightseeing in Kalpa
Day 3 – Kalpa to Tabo To Kaza
Day 4 – Sighseeing in Kaza
Day 5 – Sightseeing in Losar and Kasa
Day 6 – Back to Sangla
Day – Afternoon – got to Shimla and night bus to Delhi
Is this fine
Hi Karan,
Please do it like below:
Day 1 – Shimla to Sangla.
Day 2 – Sightseeing in Sangla: Kamru Fort + Chitkul
Day 3 – Kalpa to Tabo To Kaza. Tabo Monastery, Nako Lake
Day 4 – Sighseeing in Kaza. Hikkim, Komik, Langza & Ki, Kibber, Gette
Day 5 – Sightseeing in Losar and Kaza. Enjoy the route upto Kunzum and may be back to Kaza OR Tabo
Day 6 – Back to Kalpa. May be visit Geyu Mummy
Day 7 – Afternoon – got to Shimla and night bus to Delhi
Regards
Dheeraj
Dear Dheeraj,
Truly appreciate yr interest and passion for travel and also sharing yr ideas with all.
We, a group of six, have taken a package for 7 nights for ladakh commencing 24th May.Cd you guide us on the following :
1) Since we are flying, we will miss the journey by road. Will a half day trip to say, kargil somewhat compensate, giving us a feel of the srinagar leh road. We will be going to Nubra and Pangong.
2) Any idea which of the hotels, Leh Chen, Eco Popular, Gawaling wd be the best choice if view is the main criteria ?
3) Any suggestions for good eating places in Leh ?
Looking forward to yr suggestions,
Smita Gupta
Hi Smita,
1. Leave it I will say. Do Sham Valley tour that day.
2. No idea, never stayed with them.
3. For the list of good restaurants in Leh – Ladakh or eateries or food joints where food is enjoyed by many travellers including me, you can check the link here: List of Good Restaurants in Leh – Ladakh | Restaurant Reviews
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
PS: Sorry for the delayed response, I was traveling to Spiti Valley for past 10 days.
Hi dheeraj,
I will be going by end of may. By the time I reach losar it will be june 1 . Hopefully that route must be opened by that time. Can you suggest some taxi drivers from shimla and how much on an average they charge per day. Dr ravindra has given a name but I think he will also be travelling the same time
Sorry Karan, no contacts for the driver. I will try to find someone reliable up there when I go over to the place.
Hi Dheeraj
I Am planning to visit leh in the month of june by air from delhi with my wife and 3 yr old son please suggest the itenrary no of days hotel taxi cost places to visit weather conditions etc.
Hi Mohit,
You can check a very balanced and most common itinerary for Leh – Ladakh by Air followed by many travelers including me at the link here for 8 days: Leh – Ladakh | Most Common Itinerary by Air.
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
For the leh – ladakh taxi union rate list 2013-14 including the contacts of some reliable taxi drivers within Leh – Ladakh, check the link here. You can get about 10-15% of discount by directly getting in touch with drivers and of course, talking in person rather on phone always help in bargaining more.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
sir,
we are 5 of us,,we have 7 days wid us…i wana go to leh and kargil….we are from delhi..pls pls pls help us out…someone suggested me that i can fly to srinagar and from dere i can hire a bike as well to kargil,,is it possible??if so how much will dat cost me..
we are planning to leave on august,,probably 10th of august…
will we find any snow??
pls pls pls help us out
sir,
we are 5 of us,,we have 7 days wid us…i wana go to leh and kargil….we are from delhi..pls pls pls help us out…someone suggested me that i can fly to srinagar and from dere i can hire a bike as well to kargil,,is it possible??if so how much will dat cost me..
we are planning to leave on august,,probably 10th of august…
will we find any snow??
pls pls pls help us out
Vineet, I think I replied it here last day, let me know in case you need any further inputs of have any other doubts.
Hello Vineet,
In 7 days, you cannot do a road trip to Leh Ladakh. 7 days will be taken only for entering and exiting Leh from Delhi.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
PS: Sorry for the delayed response, I was traveling to Spiti Valley for past 10 days.
sir,,
let suppose i extend it to 10 days,,,wat can be done then….i will fly from delhi to srinagar….
after that i plan a road trip
please revert
In 10 day, you follow something like below:
Day 1 | Delhi – Srinagar
– Fly to Srinagar if you are not self driving because it will almost cost the same and help you save one day plus fatigue of traveling unnecessary in plains or boring hills for 2 days
– Enjoy walk around Dal lake and may be Shikara ride as well
– If you have time then check out, floating market, Shalimar Garden.
– Overnight at Srinagar
Day 2 | Srinagar – Sonamarg – Zozi La – Drass – Kargil
– Enjoy the vistas enroute
– Have late drunch meal at Drass is you are a vegetarian as sometimes it gets difficult to find veg. food at Kargil
– Overnight at Kargil
Day 3 | Kargil – Lamayuru – Leh
– Cover Mulbekh Maitrey, Lamayuru Moanstery, Lunar Landscapes
– On the way you can also see Gurudwara Pather Sahib, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu
– Overnight at Leh
Day 4 | Leh Local Sightseeing + Inner Line Permits
– To know the about the places to visit check the link: Travel Guide for Local Sightseeing of Leh Town in Ladakh
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 6 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
Day 7 | Leh – Pangong Tso Lake – Leh
– Day trip to Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Leh
Day 8 | Leh – Taglang La – Pang – Sarchu
– Try to start early in the day so that you reach Sarchu where the accommodation options are better than Pang
– Overnight at Sarchu or Pang
Day 9 | Sarchu – Baralacha La – Keylong – Rohtang Pass – Manali
– On the way cover Suraj Tal, Deepak Tal which are on the road sides only
– Overnight at Manali
Day 10 | Manali – Delhi
Note: No buffer days for Ladakh trip mostly many a times means trouble, so do plan a day or two as buffer apart from these 10 days.
Regards
Dheeraj
All set to go and planned….I am travelling to Spiti from 7th May. I have made my stay arrangement at Shontong for three days. I would like to share with fellow travelers that making a base at either shongtong or karcham/tapri is a good idea. It is near to all other tourist places. Hotels and guest houses are cheaper there and easy to get or book. General tourist never think of stopping there.
+1 to what you said!! Do share the contacts of such guest houses and economic stay. Also, once I am back from Spiti Valley, will be launching a Himalayan Travel Community with a vision to promote unseen, unheard destinations in Himalayas with actual people from Himalayas like Drivers, Guides, Porters, Home Stays, Guest Houses etc. getting benefited through our collective travel experiences with them. Would request you to be a part of it too!!
Sure, would like to do it. Apart from the regular things, there are atleast seven little known things one must experience in Spiti. I have already planned and made arrangements for the same:
1. Visiting doksa (sheperd’s camp) for unique lifestyle, yaks, horses, dairy and meat products and local cuisines.
2. Enjoying the local single malted whishky made from barley. And also local beer called – chang. You will never get a genuine and excellent quality stuff at kaza. You have to visit one the off-valley high altitude village for this (eg. Demul).
3. Snow fall and snow in the month of May and June, when the weather gets slightly deteriorated. Also, for this you have rush to one the off-valley high altitude village, one day in advance before the phenomena and stay there.
4. Culture extravaganza, with local musicians. The flute like organ sounding a bit like shenai (called Sunna), sounds mesmerizing in the valley in the evening time.
5. Picnic lunch on the lush green open meadows. Again, you have to visit one the off-valley high altitude village for this (eg. Demul).
6. Having chilled beer on the sandy beach of the Spiti river, where the water flows touching you and super chilled. Dip your beer in it for chilling and relax.
7. The break taking aerial view from Phalangri top near Demul village. A very easy half or max one hour trek (considering thin air) form the road head. Sit here and you have a view of 21 villages along the great view of Pin, Lingti and Spiti valley. It is at tri-junction (sangam) of these rivers. You need a binocular to have complete experience.
There are also other excitements which I will refer to, later.
Have a nice and exciting stay at Spiti.
Thank you so very much Ravindra ji!! This is awesome piece of information however, due to some issues and too much slush, landslides on roads I could not do any of the interior parts of Spiti
… This calls for another trip just to explore in details these parts of Spiti Valley. I will keep you posted 
Thanks again for this valuable piece of info. on Spiti
Hi,
Is there a possibility this time that the following roads will be open by May 25
Manali – Leh Road Status 2013
Manali – Losar – Kaza Road Status 2013
Keylong – Losar – Kaza Road Status 2013
How long [ in terms of hours] will it take to go from Loasr – Kaylong – Sarchu – Pangong Tso [ Lake ] – Nubre Valley
Karan, I am going there, Spiti this week and will post the updated ground reality status of these routes. Regarding the route you are talking about, it will take 5-6 days to complete it.
Hi dheeraj,
I have decided to travel to Spiti.
Just wanted to know, if Losar-Manali Road is opened, then i can rather well go to Manali and from there catch a bus to Delhi, instead of going back to Shimla.
If there is a extra day, then i may visit Tirthan Valley.
Please let me about this route – Losar to Manali
No Karan, as of now the roads are not open. It is expected to be open by end of May only. From Losar to Manali you will have to go through following route:
Losar – Kunzum Pass – Chota Dhara – Gramphu – Rohtang Pass – Manali. It will take easily about 9-10 hrs to reach Manali from there.
Hi,
Instead of coming back from Kaza to Sangal, can i go to Losar and then to Manali.
Can you please tell how long will it take to travel each day as mentioned below.
Day 1 | Delhi – Nakranda
Day 2 | Nakrnada – Kalpa
Day 3 | Kalpa – Tabo
Day 4 | Tabo – Dhankar – Kaza
Day 5 | Kaza – Ki, kibber, Hikkim, Komik
Day 6 | Kaza – Losar – Manali
Day 7 | Manali
Day 8 | Manali – Delhi
Also, what is the best way to travel. Can you travel the whole trip by bus. If not,if we will be taking taxi from Delhi, how much it mit cost for the whole trip
Dear Karan,
Roads to Manali via kunzum la will not be opened till mid – June, unless you are lucky enough. Do not make a mistake of taking taxi from Delhi. The Delhi driver’s nakhras will be a pain in your neck all the while. The road requires special hill driving skills. Take local taxi, instead. They are quiet cheaper in comparison with great service add-ons. I have detailed out my travel plan for Spiti valley, down somewhere on this blog. You may refer that too. I am traveling there in May. I made contact to a local taxi (Sumo – most reliable vehicle on this route)with a driver who has also helped me on my hotel stay suggestions and including new excitements during the same itinerary which is not covered elsewhere. He was my driver for my earlier trip to kaza. You can leave every thing on him and relax and enjoy your travel. His contacts are Mr. Tashi Tandup from Kaza – 09418501644. There is another Mr. Chering Tashi – 09418840616. They have pick drop service from Shimla to shimla or manali and conducting regular tour on this route since 2006. Have a nice journey.
Ravindra Gavali, rsgavali@gmail.com
Karan, yes that can be done but depends upon the month you are traveling. Take the above circuit only if you plan after 15th June types. Otherwise, roads will not be open towards Manali. Bus is difficult to handle. You will need some taxi. Do not take any taxi from Delhi rather go to Shimla and then carry on in taxi. Carrying taxis from Delhi will not make sure that driver is used to that road. Also, what Dr. Ravindra said must be really useful for you!!
Hi,
I am rahul kshirsagar , coming to leh on 15th may13 to 22nd may13 with my family total 4 person wife , 11yeas daughter & 8 years son.
Pl. suggest me travel iternary for me with in leh & outside.
Also which medicine i should keep.
pl. list me which places should i visit.
please give me taxi drive no. i will call him.
Rahul, how are you reaching and exiting Leh? By Air or by road?
Hi Dheeraj,
Is there any direct route from Nubra Valley – Pangong TSO without entering Leh ? Please tell me something about this route.
Thanks.
Yes, there are two routes. Please refer the article Routes and Road Conditions In Leh – Ladakh | Ladakh Self Drive Tips for all the details and road conditions and suggestions.
Hi Dheeraj,
I am planning to go to Spiti Valley, by end of May and starting June for about 8 days.
I want to cover the whole spiti valley and 1 nit stay in Tirthan Valley in Raju Guest House.
Can you please help me to plan this trip. Where can we stay. What is the best mode to travel.
If at all we need to take a taxi from Delhi, is there any place where you know can give us good offers.
Karan, 8 days will be less to cover all these places unless you plan to stay on road mostly. Common way to go about Spiti is,
Day 1 | Delhi – Nakranda
Day 2 | Nakrnada – Kalpa
Day 3 | Kalpa – Tabo
Day 4 | Tabo – Dhankar – Kaza
Day 5 | Kaza – Ki, kibber, Hikkim, Komik
Day 6 | Kaza – Sangla
Day 7 | Sangla – Chail
Day 8 | Chail – Delhi
Regards
dheeraj
Hi Dheeraj,
Really nice blog.
pax-5
Planning to go to leh on 4th May this yr .Since Leh Manali Highway is closed. Suggest some other way other than Srinagar and by flight too.
Gems, there is no other way to reach Ladakh apart from three mentioned below:
1. Srinagar – Leh Highway
2. Flying directly to Leh
3. Manali Leh Highway (will be closed by the time you are planning)
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Sir
We are a group of 23pax and going by air on 25-4-13 to 29-4-13.hotel already booked.Please tell me about the weather condition and road to khardungla pass and pangong lake will be open.Any good restaurent for vegetarian food.
regards
om
Dear OM,
I think I replied it on the other article. Please check the link here
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj, can you confirm wheather Mughal road is open for traffic at this time
Rakesh, as of now no update on Mughal road.
SIr,
I am reaching Leh on 9.5.13, will it be cold and shall I carry Heavy woollens, sweater etc. Also tell me whether new tarrif list is published for Taxi operators union Leh for the year 2013-14? And thanks for continuous support.
Vivek, refer the last year price list and there might be just 8-10% of hike in those prices. And yes, do carry heavy woolens in the month of May.
Thanks Dheerajbhai
Hi Dheeraj, plz do let me know if u have finalized any Open Tour for this year…. Thanks, Upasana
Upasana, well I will be sharing one in coming week but the difficulty level would be High for the tour.
hi dheeraj do let me know also… Though I cannot Participate this year, Eager to learn..
Hey Shiva!! Great to see you still being around. Please check the link: 12 Days, 12 Lakes & 12 High Mountain Passes – DoW Ladakh 2013
Hi – I am planning a trip in 1st week of June. I will be traveling with my wife and 4 year old son. Decent accommodation is a priority (unless unfortunate circumstances) hence the 1 week itinerary that I have come up with is as below. I do want to do Chander taal but unless I leave very early and stretch myself, I guess will not be able to do it. Your comments will be appreciated. Many thanks
SAT – Day 1 | Delhi –Narkanda around 430 KMs – 10-11 hrs drive.
SUN – Day 2 | Narkanda – Sangla around 160 KMs – 6 -7 hrs drive.
MON – Day 3 | Sangla – Chitkul – Sangla – Kalpa around 80 KMs – 4 hrs drive.
TUE – Day 4 | Kalpa – Nako – Tabo – Kaza – around 210kms – 9-10 hrs drive ( have to leave just after sunrise from Kalpa)
WED – Day 5 | Kaza – Ki – Kibber – Gette – Tashigang – Hikkim – Komik – Langza – Kaza – around 80kms 4 hrs drive
THU – Day 6 | Kaza – Dhankar – Dhankar Lake – Pin Valley(mud village) – Kaza – around 80kms 4 hrs drive
FRI – Day 7 | Kaza – Losar – Chandratal – Kunzum Pass – Rohtang Pass – Manali – around 205 kms 9-10 hrs drive
SAT – Day 8 | Manali
SUN – Day 9 | Manali – Delhi – around 530 kms 14 hrs drive
Hi Vishal,
Well, first week of June can be dicey even for Kunzum Pass to Manali road being open but I can update more on it once I am back from my trip in the first/second week of May. On the other hand I will suggest following Changes:
TUE – Day 4 | Kalpa – Nako – Tabo
THU – Day 6 | Tabo – Dhankar – Dhankar Lake – Pin Valley(mud village) – Kaza
– No need to come back from Kaza as you were doing for these places
WED – Day 5 | Kaza – Ki – Kibber – Gette – Tashigang – Hikkim – Komik – Langza – Kaza
Chandratal, highly likely will not be possible.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi ! I’m planning to visit ladakh in September, I want to visit Nubra Valley, Pangong TSO, TSO Moriri, TSO Kar, Kargil. Can you suggest me a planning to cover all these place. I’m from Kolkata, I can spend Max 12-15 Day.
Pradip, You can check a very balanced and most common itinerary for Leh – Ladakh followed by many travelers including me at the link here for 14-15 days: Most Common Itinerary for Leh – Ladakh.
Thank you Dheeraj.
Please tell me some thing about these planning :
Day 1
Kolkata-Delhi-Srinagar [Flight]
Day 2
Local Sight Seeing around Srinagar
Day 3
Srinagar – Sonamarg – Batal Valley – Zoji La Pass – Drass – Kargil night stay
Day 4
Kargil – Lamayuru – Likir – Alchi – Leh
Day 5
Local Sight Seeing around Leh and Inner Line Permit
Day 6
Leh – Nubra Valley
Day 7
Nubra Valley – Leh
Day 8
Leh – Pangong lake Night Stay
Day 9
Pangong TSO – TSO Moriri Night Stay
Day 10
TSO Moriri – Sarchu
Day 11
Sarchu – Manali
Day 12
Local Sight Seeing around Manali
Day 13
Manali – Delhi
Day 14
Delhi-Kolkata
Pradip, Pangong Tso to Tso Moriri will not be possible because permits, highly likely, will not be issued due to strictness in this sector. So, make a day trip to Pangong Tso and then go ahead towards Tso Moriri from Leh or Upshi the very next day. Rest of the plan looks good.
Hi Dheeraj,
Greetings,
I am trying to explore whether I can travel from Pangongtso to Tsomoriri directly, if yes then which are the places I need to mention in the inner line permit form and is the designated route safe to travel with family.Which are the places we need to cover in the said route. We are vegetarians,will we get the same en route. Awaiting your advice.Is it necessary to book rooms in advance for the trip starting on the 3rd of May, as per your itinerary?
Regards
Uday Dave
Hi Uday,
No you cannot travel because you will not get the inner line permits for the same as now DC office and army do not allow tourists due to strict guidleines, on that route. Even if you will be allowed, DO NOT attempt it with family bhai!!
It depends upon the choice of hotels and if you are OK to search the hotels once you land in Leh.
Regards
Dheeraj
Hi Dheeraj,
Thank you for your reply.For acclimatization and its effects what are the items we need to carry and is carrying a portable bottel/ container of oxygen recommended by you during emergency caused by AMS .
regards
uday dave
Uday, you can find all the tips related to Acclimatization and AMS at the article linked: Acute Mountain Sickness and Importance of Acclimatization
hi dheeraj, mayoor here i was looking for some cheap/eco as well as good accomaodation for twenty people of my group at pangong &also in city of leh.and also i wanted to know where to stay while going from leh to srinagar? please help….i will be going in mid june
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
Very informative site, we r planning to go to Leh in July and searching for reasanable place to stay but was confused, and went through ur site, i found Shanti guest house reasanable, but only the hitch is that there is no parking space, i want to know whether parking vehicle on road is safe there?
Thanks Geetarkumar, for accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
As far as parking on road is concerned, it is fine enough.
[...] I recently came up with a comment from one of the reader (linked here) who was quoted a pounding “INR 23000” for the drop to Spiti and I was like … Even when I [...]
hi dheeraj,
i am satheesh.i love travel,nature.i dont know some how when i want to go leh and around,i want to get accompanied with experts like u.i am in chennai.if you dont mine when u plan next time or when somebody does it using hired vehicles can i join.i want to enjoy it to the fullest without thinking about itineraries.please mail me
Hi Satheesh,
I am not an expert but just a lover of ladakh
… Anyways, you can stay tuned at DoW Blog’s Facebook page where I keep posting the travel events open for all and you might try and join any one of them.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
thank u dheeraj for your support it has been an eye opener and u have opened the gateway for our trip to ladhak this year .i hope to join u again in your future visits to this region about which you have immense fascination .will get in touch for further assistance
regards uday dave
Sure, Uday!! Pleasure is all mine
Dheeraj,thank u for sending us the itinerary. I would like you to clarify if in your reply the place suggested as rest day on day 11 is Nubra valley or Sham valley. Also what should b our place for night stay on day 4 when we visit Deskit/Hunder-Turtuk-Deskit/Hunder. Which are the places that we need to mention in our inner line permit form, as per the itinerary given by you? waiting for your guidance.
regards,
Uday Dave
Uday, Day 11 is Sham Valley tour which is different from Nubra Valley. It will be either Hunder or Deskit as you are making a day trip to Sham Valley. Also, required the contacts of some travel agents in Ladakh, right? If you are still looking forward to it then get in touch with Gaurav at info@offbeatescapes.com for economical packages of Ladakh.
You will need to write: Turtuk, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri
Regards
Dheeraj
Hello,
This is an itinerary I have been working from last year. Route is basically collected from research on inter net.
We are 2 above 50 driving our own toyota fortuner and would really appreciate to your suggestions and corrections are highly appreciated.
When would be the earliest best time to start ?
Thanks & regards
sabu
pretread@ymail.com
ITINERARY:
Day 01 Arrival Amritsar
Arrive Amritsar Railway Station. On arrival meet and greet by our representative who will take you to the hotel. Check in hotel. Rest of the day at your leisure.O/N at Amritsar Hotel.
Day 02 Amritsar
After breakfast. Start your full day city tour with the blessings of Golden Temple-the most important Sikh shrine which is also called Mecca for the Sikhs is a living symbol of the spiritual and historical traditions of the Sikhs.
Then visit JallianwalaBagh- where, on April 13, 1919, British and Gurkha soldiers opened fire on an unarmed forbidden gathering, killing hundreds of civilians. After lunch visit Maharaja Ranjit Singh Summer Palace Museum- The summer place of Maharaja Ranjit Singh which is situated in the heart of Ram Bagh, Amritsar,
Evening visit Indo-Pak Wagah Border to watch Flag Retreat Ceremony- Wagah, an army outpost on Indo-Pak border 30 Kms from Amritsar where the daily highlight is the evening “Beating the Retreat” ceremony. Soldiers from both countries march in perfect drill, going through the steps of bringing down their respective national flags. As the sun goes down, nationalistic fervour rises and lights are switched on marking the end of the day amidst thunderous applause. Return to hotel. Overnight stay in Amritsar Hotel.
Places to visit
Wagah Border Ceremony (Pakistan/India Border)
Goldden temple
JallianwalaBagh
Wagah Border Ceremony (Pakistan/India Border)
bout 30 kms outside of Amritsar is the only road crossing to Pakistan. It is known by the Pakistan name, Wagah Border. The Indian name is Attari.
Although traffic between the two countries has stopped a couple of hours prior, each day around sunset thousands of Indians, Pakistanis, and foreigners gather to watch the changing of the guards and the ceremonial lowering of the flags with the Indian BSF (Border Security Force) and the Pakistani Sutlej Rangers.
Guards on both sides – in full dress uniforms – display their synchronized marching – in a friendly competition, each side trying to outdo the other with their high-stepping and foot stomping.
Arriving from Amritsar, cars, rickshaws, buses, etc. drop you about a half mile from the entrance. Security officers will check you before you proceed. You are not allowed to bring any bags, backpacks, or even camera cases(!) in with you. If you get to the security point and have any of those things, you can leave them at a small stall nearby for a few rupees. (I would not recommend leaving anything of value here.) They are very strict about this – we were not even allowed to bring in our baby’s diaper bag. Once through the security point, you can either take a cycle-rickshaw or walk to the entrance.
Just before the large entrance to the viewing stands on the Indian side are “Welcome to India” and the “India The Largest Democracy In The World Welcomes You” signs, along with a touching memorial monument of two hands shaking with the inscription “Dedicated to 10 Lakh Punjabis Who Died Unsung in 1947″. There’s a sort of ramshackle Indian Customs booth and a very small BSF Museum which is worth a quick look. It has a small model of the “gate” and how it locks.
If you are elderly or with an elderly person, you can enter through the main gate. You will get a seat (the best seats in the house) on the low walls along the narrowish two lane “road”. If you are a foreigner (bring your passport), you can go through the gate (toll booth style gate) on the left side before the entrance. Follow the path around to the VIP section. (Do be nice; I don’t think they have to let you into the VIP section.) All others enter up the stairs to the left on the main entrance. The viewing stands on the Indian side hold somewhere over 6,000 people.
The crowds are warming up. There’s likely to be Indians dancing in the “road” to some patriotic Bollywood songs. The stands are absolutely overflowing. On the Pakistan side there are separate sections for men and women, with an empty section in between. Behind us in the stands of the VIP section are 4 men waving large Indian flags.
The ceremony starts and there is alternate cheering from each side. Military commands are bellowed as guards start to march towards the gate. New guards go to the gate, old guards come back. This continues for some time – with some additional military maneuvers – until simultaneously the flags of India and Pakistan are lowered and retrieved. Finally the gates between the two countries are slammed shut until the following morning.
When the ceremony is over a chain is put across the street from between the general and VIP sections. The VIP section is closer to the gates and if you are sitting there, you can go and take some photos of the guards or even go up to the gate to take some photos. They don’t allow much time for this so go check out the gate first!
I just loved the pomp and circumstance, the Sutlej Ranger’s uniforms, the good natured rivalry, and for some inexplicable reason – the gate, which I just thought was so cool. You could tell that the guards really enjoyed putting on a “show” in what otherwise might be a pretty boring job.
But I think the thing that struck me most, was realizing that – all of the politics and other sh*t aside – we are all just human beings. I really thought this ceremony was special.
On the way out, there is a small souvenir store which just sells small photos, keychains, etc. They were each Rs 10. It’s worth buying a couple of items to support the BSF. Near the store is a long barbed wire fence. Just a note: This is NOT Pakistan. It was so funny to watch people standing there for photos, some waving their Indian flags thinking this was Pakistan.
The actual ceremony starts about 5:30 p.m. and lasts about 30 minutes. I recommend leaving Amritsar no later than 3:30. We arrived about 4:45 and the stands were already packed. If we had not gotten seats in the VIP section, we would have been standing all the way at the top of the stands and would not have been able to see anything! You might want to bring binoculars in any case. There are no issues about safety; it’s perfectly safe. Go and enjoy!
Buildings/Shrines of the Golden Temple Complex
The Golden Temple is without a doubt the most beautiful building within the temple complex. However, there are several other important – and beautiful – buildings and shrines within the complex.
Guru Ram Das Langar – The building under the 2 minarets is the temple’s communal dining hall and kitchen. Langar is both the name of the place (all Sikh temples have one) as well as the free meal that is served here. The kitchen can feed 10,000 people a day, 3,000 people at a time. The simple meal consists of chapatis/rotis (bread) and dal (lentils). Everyone is welcome. Lunch is from 11 a.m. to 3 p.m. and dinner from 7:00 p.m. onwards.
Sixty Eight-In-One Sacred Place – This sacred place – also known as AthsathTirath – is located at the water’s edge near the dining hall. This 68 Holy Places represents 68 Hindu pilgrimage sites. Since the actual sites are located around the country, Guru ArjanDev told devotees that is was enough to bathe here rather than go to each site.
Akal Takht – The Akal Takht is a 5 storied building that is directly opposite to the causeway entrance to the Golden Temple. The name Akal Takht means “timeless throne”. This is the seat of the Sikh’s religious committee where the Sikh Parliament meet and day to day administration is done. It is an interesting and pretty building with a gilt dome that houses the guru’s swords and flagstaffs. It is also where the Guru Granth Sahib (holy book) is kept at night. Each morning (at 4 or 5 a.m.) the holy book is moved to the Golden Temple in a special procession. When it is returned at 9 or 10 p.m. at night, a Palki Sahib (night ceremony) takes place. If you would like to see either, confirm the times (they change by season). The Akal Takht is also the building that in 1984 was destroyed by heavy fighting/fire with the Indian Army. It has been rebuilt to what it is today.
Central Sikh Museum – The museum is located upstairs in the clock tower entrance. There are coins, paintings, arms, etc. on display create a vivid picture of the Sikh’s struggles against the Mughals, the British, and the Indian Army. (No charge for entry, closes around 7 p.m.)
Jubi Tree – Near the clock tower entrance is a 400+ year old jubi tree. It is believed to be the shaded resting place of the first priest of the temple. Today it is a favorite spot for marriages. Women hoping to be blessed with a son also tie colorful threads to the branches.
An Emotional Visit to JallianwalaBagh
Donna_in_India 748 reviews
JallianwalaBagh is one of the most historical spots of India. April 13, 1919 was Baisakhi when Sikhs celebrated both the first day of the new year and the anniversary of the founding of the khalsa in 1699. Some 20,000 Indians had gathered to peacefully protest the Rowlatt Act, a British legislation that allowed British authorities to arrest any Indian suspected of sedition without trial .
Upon seeing the crowd and acting on his own, British General Reginald Dyer positioned his troops inside the narrow entrance (and only exit) of the garden. He then ordered them to open fire. People scrambled, some jumped in a well and some tried to climb the high surrounding walls to escape the flying bullets. Within minutes 1,200 people were wounded and hundreds were dead including women and children.
This horrific event was one of the defining moments in India’s fight for independence. Public anger and acts of violence followed the massacre. Mahatma Gandhi’s non co-operation movement (mass civil disobedience) quickly followed, with Gandhi declaring that “cooperation in any shape or form with this satanic government is sinful”. He encouraged various boycotts including the boycott of British (and other) foreign goods and advocated that khadi (homespun cloth) be worn by all Indians. It would still take India another 2 1/2 decades to get its independence.
The news of the massacre was hushed up and it took 6 months for the British Government in London to even hear of it. The incident was eventually investigated. Although there was international outrage, some thought Dyer a hero. His comments from the investigation, such as this one, “It was no longer a question of merely dispersing the crowd, but one of producing a sufficient moral effect” did nothing to lessen the outrage and General Dyer was eventually asked to resign.
Today the park is accessed by the same narrow path that Dyer’s troops blocked. Trees and flowers fill the quiet park and if you didn’t know the history you would think it was a wonderful place to escape the city. There is a large memorial at the far end of the park but the most moving places are the Martyr’s Well and the sections of walls (on opposite sides of the park), all with visible bullet marks.
A few days before our trip to Amritsar we happened to catch the movie “Gandhi”. The massacre scenes were chilling and it made our visit to JallianwalaBagh so much more real. I recommend seeing the movie before visiting.
The park is open from dawn until dusk.
1. Day 03 Amritsar – Dharamsala via pathankot4 hours
197.9 km – NH 15 and NH 20
After breakfast at the hotel, drive to Dharamsala (215 KM) 5 Hrs. On arrival in this Himalayan hill resort that is the abode of Dalai Lama, check in at the hotel. The rest of the day is free for you to enjoy at leisure. We suggest you enjoy a walk along the mall road, where Tibetan refugees display and sell their crafts. Overnight stay at hotel in Dharamsala.
Day 04 Dharamsala
After breakfast at the hotel, visit Dharamsala’s main Buddhiat temple, Tsuglagkhang also commenly named as Dalai Lama Temple, the complex houses the Namgyal Monastery (which trains monks for rituals associated with the temple).
Later visit Bhagsu Nag Temple and water fall. Evening free at your leisure , Overnight at Dharamsala Hotel.
Day 05 Dharamsala
After Breakfast visit Norbulingka Institute which is perhaps one of its best in the world. The institute has its own temple, Museum, Meditation Hall, One thousand, one hundred and seventy-three images of the Buddha decorate the forty-four foot high temple hall.
Later visit Naddi and Dharamkot village. Overnight at Dharamsala Hotel.
Tsuglagkhang Complex
This is the largest Tibetan temple outside Tibet, with a colossal meditation hall with murals and thangkas to add to its charm. The Kalachakra temple inside is where Dalai Lama himself meditates and is located just in fronts of his residence. Look out for the Namgyal Cafe to have a quick bite after visiting the temple. This is run by the youth workers of the complex
Namgyalma Stupa
Gyuto Monastery
Tibetan Insititute of Performing Arts
TsuglagKhang
The Tsuglagkhang Complex in McleodGanj, Dharamsala consists of a monastery, Tibetan Museum, cafe, book shop, library and is also the residence of His Holiness the Dalai Lama.
Norbulinka Museum
Helpfulness
anilpradhanshillong 262 reviews
The Norbulinka Museum is a must-see. It is located in the basement of the left-hand side building next to the monastery. The ground floor of the building serves as a shop selling Buddhist artefacts and books. This museum has dolls of various Tibetan culture, with exquisite design and vibrant colours.
NB. As all the figures are enclosed in glass cases, switch off the flash of your camera. Else, ugly reflections may spoil your carefully-composed pictures.
3
4Narbulingka Institute
A trip to the Narbulingka Institute is a lesson in Tibetan ethos. The monastery there is equally impressive while the doll’s museum is a visual treat of the Tibetan life and culture. There is a guest house also within its campus. The prayer wheels are golden-coloured here. The Norling Café serves good Tibetan fare.
A drive to Palampur
A drive to Palampur, about 50 kms from Dharamshala is a must. Rolling tea estates greet your eye while to your left along the road, is the breath-taking view of the Dhauladhar range. Take a few minutes off for a well-deserved stop and a few photos of these mighty snow-capped mountains.
The Chamunda Devi Temple
The temple of goddess Chamunda Devi is roughly 10 kms from this place and 15 kms from Dharamshala. Next to the car park is a sketch map of the temple circuit of Himachal Pradesh. Behind the temple is a cave-like place where a ‘lingam’ represents the Shiva. A pool houses the statues of Shiva and Saraswati. It is worth a look.
Kangra Fort-I
4 more images
On your return from Shakti PeetJwalamukhi Temple, you could visit the Kangra Fort, also known as the Nagarkot Fort with the Banganga river flowing way down below. The entrance fee is nominal. There is a museum at the entrance as well as an audio-visual guide. The climb is steep but the view is worth it as well as some excellent photo ops.
Kangra Fort-II
4 more images
The Kangra Fort, also known as the Nagarkot Fort, was the seat of power of the Katoch kings. There are seven gates as you trudge up the cobbled path of history. Three richly-carved temples now lie in ruins, all with intricate patterns reminiscent of the Meenakshi Madurai temples of India.
Shakti PeetJwalamukhi Temple
The Shakti PeetJwalamukhi Temple, 54 kms (1.30 hrs) from Dharamshala, is a revered spot for Hindus. You can take a three-wheeler right up to almost the main entrance through an amazingly narrow cemented pathway. There is always a long queue but if you take recourse to one of the ever-present priests, he will grant you a darshan within 10 minutes flat, for a fee of course.
An eternal natural blue flame emanating from a steel pipe is the sanctum sanctorum. There are no idols here; just the flame which is considered a manifestation of the goddess. Your friendly priest will explain this as well as many more legends to you as you sip tea with him once your religious duties are done.
Emperor Akbar is reputed to have donated the golden dome for the temple.
Returning to the car park is a longish walk but all downhill only.
Tsuglagkhang Complex
Your next stop could be the Tsuglagkhang Complex, the palace of HH the Dalai Lama. There are two temples here, next to one another. One belongs to the Goddess Green Tara and the other to the Buddha. In the Green Tara temple, there are three main statues: on the left is the 5-storeyed headed Avalokiteshwara; on the right is the Kalachakra &Viswamata with 11 hands joined at the hip and a little behind to the left is the Green Tara with 7-8-4-2 smaller taras arranged one tier below the other. All three statues are breathtakingly beautiful with the ultimate air of serenity about them.
Next to this is the equally fascinating Buddha temple. Besides a huge statue of the Buddha, there is an imposing statue of Guru Padma Sambhava to the left and of the Avalokiteshwara to your right. Also, there is a rare collection of 225 volumes of Buddhist texts called ‘tangyur’. These are translations of the commentaries to the Buddha’s teachings by later Indian masters. (TIP: The Tibetan Museum remains closed on Mondays and lunch hour is from 1 pm to 2 pm).
Bhagsu Nag Temple
4 more images
You could then head for the 16th century Bhagsu Nag (snake god) Temple of Lord Shiva. There is an adjoining public swimming pool as well as Bhagsu Waterfall, about 1.5 kms away. Leave your footwear at the base of the temple. There are plenty of locals to mind these for you without a fee. After your darshan you may go towards the swimming pool, adjacent to which is a sacred pool. The water is refreshingly cool. Take a sip. It’s straight from a perennial spring, tastier than all the mineral water put together. This area, as well as Dharamkot, are inhabited by the Gaddi, a shepherd tribe and the original inhabitants of Dhauladhar. The Gorkhalis settled here much later.
Day06: Dharamsala-Jammu:via pathankot200 km – 4 to 5 hours
After Breakfast you will move towards Jammu. After arriving there, you will check into the hotel and stay overnight.
Day07 :Jammu- Udhampu Via Katravaishnodevi temple / Srinagar
Morning sightseeing of Mughal Gardens visiting NishatBagh (Abode of pleasure) built by Asif Khan brother in law of Jehangir in 1632 AD and Shalimar Bagh (Abode of love) built by Jehangir for his wife Empress Noor Jehan. All the gardens are situated on the bank of Dal Lake with the Zabarwan Mountains in the background. Rest of day free to explore Srinagar on own. Overnight at hotel in shrinagar
Vaishno Devi Mandir (Hindi: वैष्णोदेवी मन्दिर) is one of the holy Hindu temples dedicated to Shakti, located in the hills of Vaishno Devi, Jammu and Kashmir, India. In Hinduism, Vaishno Devi, also known as Mata Rani and Vaishnavi, is a manifestation of the Mother Goddess.
The temple is near the town of Katra, in the Reasi district in the state of Jammu and Kashmir. It is one of the most revered places of worship in India. The shrine is at an altitude of 5300 feet and a distance of approximately 14 kilometres (8.7 mi) from Katra.[1] Approximately 8 million pilgrims (yatris) visit the temple every year[2] and it is the second most visited religious shrine in India, after TirumalaVenkateswara Temple. The Shri Mata Vaishno Devi Shrine Board maintains the shrine. A rail link from Udhampur to Katra is being built to facilitate pilgrimage. The nearest airport is Jammu Airport which has very high flight frequency. All leading domestic airlines have their services to Jammu Airport
https://www.maavaishnodevi.org/helecopter_detail.asp
For any query please contact at:
Pawan Hans. 01991-234658, 09205044014 Email pawanhans.vd@gmail.com, katra@pawanhans.co.in
Global Vectra 9419502542. Email: yatra@gvhl.net
Day 08-09: Srinagar – Gulmarg – Srinagar – 2 days in Srinagar
After breakfast transfer to Gulmarg. Fell day tour to gulmarg which is most beautiful summer resort in the valleyenjoy the splendor of nature and snow mountain , you can enjoy a Gondila ride(cable car) to Khilanmarg .Late evning come back to the hotel and Overnight stay at hotel.
Find out about helicopter ride to amrnath cave
Shankaracharya Hill
This is a magnificent Hindu temple in Srinagar.Great panoramic view of the Srinagar city,Jhelum and Dal Lake from the hill.The place where the Great Shankaracharya meditated makes one overwhelmed with the glory and grace of the All mighty. The tight security that does not allow even camera to be carried along is a bit disappointing.
Gulmarg
Gulmarh is a must-visit place in Kashmir. It is particularly known for its vast ski grounds. It is 50 Kilometers away from the main city gulmarg which is most beautiful summer resort in the valleyenjoy the splendor of nature and snow mountain. A very good experience for those who have never travelled in one. Cleanliness is well maintained inside, except the glass cover needs some maintenance. There are two levels Level 1 goes upto 3090 M (approx 10000 FT) and priced at Rs 300 Level 2 goes upto 14000 Ft and priced at Rs 500. They have time limits so be watchful….The cable car to the first stage is simply beautiful. But the second stage is awesome. Even thou, the oxygen level is low, it is awesome to spend some time there. Surprised, how military people stay there and protect us. Hat off to them. Never miss to go to the second stage of Gondola – else you will miss the best part of the world
Nagin Lake
Naginlake and Dal lake are adjoining to each other. Naginlake is more quiet place than the commercial place Dal lake. You can take a boat ride for 2-3 hours and immerse yourself in the beautiful surrounding. You need to check with the boat-man if he can explain various things, history, special things to you while in the boat. If he happens to be reticent guy, you are really un-lucky.
Gulmarg Gondola
#4 of 22 attractions in Srinagar
27 reviews
Attraction type Trams
• “Great views – you have to do this if you go…”15 Mar 2012
• “Gulmarg Gondola – World’s highest cabe car”7 Mar 2012
• “BEST OF ALL”2 Mar 2012
Indira Gandhi Tulip Garden
Tulip Garden of Kashmir is Asia`s biggest Tulip garden. It is on the shores of the famous Dal lake. Tulips remain in bloom just for 15-20 days depending upon the temperature. “Red, yellow, variegated, pink, white, orange, light blue, and magenta are the main colors of tulips. Its the best attraction for the tourists as well as locals.Best time to visit is March-April
PariMahal
pariMahal is loacated just about a mile from CheshmaShahi,..
it is actually an observatory turned into a garden..
it was constructed by DaraShikoh the eldest son of then Mughal Emperor Shahjahan as an observatory..
it provides with an exotic and pleasure seeking view of the dal lake …
Dal Lake
Dal Lake is very very big. You will see when you are out and about near it that there are many houseboats and shikara boats.
The shikara boats are very pretty but make sure you read the signs for the charges. If you go for a normal Shikara (i.e one that is not associated with The Lalit Grand Palace) the charges are INR 300 for one hour, INR 600 for two hours. There is a big bkue board which says this along Dal Lake when you come from the direction of the main city.
If you decide to take the Grand Palace Hotel shikara then you will be charged around INR 1000 for less than two hours.
We paid INR 300 for 45 mins as we were running late for our next destination and we went to the Char Chinar (which is the four trees on a mini island in the Lake).
Remember to haggle as the boat drivers will try and rip you off, so haggle them down if they use any other figures.
Hazratbal
A Moi-e-Muqqadas, a hair from the prophet’s beard, is enshrined here. the most important worship place in Srinagar, it is said that the hair of Prophet Mohammad is kept here for centuries, on Fridays there is a quite huge crowd, the monument itself is always visible with in the city as Eiffel in Paris. the best time to visit is in a sunny day.
Attraction type Religious Sites
Distance 5.2 miles from city centre
House Boat Fairy Land
It’s no no trouble in traveling to Kashmir and relaxing on the houseboats patios, overlooking the quiet still of Kashmir’s Dal Lake, in one of the most beautiful parts of India. This lost paradise is being rediscovered, as hope returns after many years with conflicts. Still you can feel the tension when you arrive the Kashmir valley, but you will feel safe in this part of the world, together with the friends of Kashmir.
A few days stay at the house boat and visiting the old city og Srinagar and the suroundings, will teach you many things about Kashmir culture, history and cuisine, try the SeekhKabab at restaurant Mughal Barbar in Srinagar, mmmmm. Visit the Gardens of Shalimar. Approach by lake as many Indian honeymooners and their in-laws do. The foot hills of many of the great Himalayan mountains surround you. The air may be thinner, but it seems closer to the sun and brighter.
Nishat Garden
#10 of 22 attractions in Srinagar
12 reviews
Attraction type Gardens
• “Lovely gardens with lots of terraces”15 Mar 2012
• “The Best of ALL”2 Mar 2012
• “beautiful but barren in winter”28 Feb 2012
Shalimar Bagh
#11 of 22 attractions in Srinagar
15 reviews
Mughal Gardens
#12 of 22 attractions in Srinagar
Mughal garden linked through a channel to the northeast of Dal Lake, near Srinagar. It is also called Shalamar Garden. The Bagh was built by Mughal Emperor Jahangir for his wife NurJahan, in 1619. The Bagh is considered the high point of Mughal horticulture. It is now public park and open for all to see. It is worth visiting while in Srinagar.
Attraction type Gardens
• “Garden it is”2 Mar 2012
• “Beautiful place- but much hyped”23 Feb 2012
• “Cotton farm”7 Feb 2012
Yousmarg
#13 of 22 attractions in Srinagar
Yousmarg is a lovely Meadow roughly around 47 kms from Srinagar known best for its spring flowers Tourist usually visit yousmarg as a day trip as there are not many hotels out here although there are JKTDC huts for accomadation.When you visit Yousmarg u must visit Nilanag. Sang E Safed valley andCharar E ShariefYousmarg is known for thrilling trekking
The climate of Sonamarg is very bracing; but the rainfall is frequent though not heavy, except for two or three days at a time in July and August with fine spell in between. From Sonamarg, trekking routes lead to the Himalayan lakes of Vishansar (4084 msl), Krishnasar (3810 msl) and Gangabal Lake (3658 msl). Other lakes in the region are Gadsar Lake, stocked with snowtrout and Satsar, glacier-fed and surrounded by banks of alpine flowers.
Attraction type Geologic Formations; Scenic Drives; Landmarks/ Points of Interest
• “the forbidden paradise”12 Dec 2011
• “great walk to the river!…”6 Dec 2011
• “YOUSMARG-THE SPECTACULAR MEADOW”18 Feb 2011
Jama Masjid Mosque
#14 of 22 attractions in Srinagar
4 reviews
Attraction type Religious Sites
• “Another must-see”15 Feb 2012
• “Impressive structure”15 Feb 2012
• “Peaceful place for prayers”27 Nov 2011
Wular Lake
#15 of 22 attractions in Srinagar
2 reviews
Attraction type Bodies of Water
• “dying lake”12 Dec 2011
• “WULAR LAKE IS SIMPLY SERENE”18 Feb 2011
Manasbal Lake
#16 of 22 attractions in Srinagar
2 reviews
Attraction type Bodies of Water
• “NIce lake”6 Feb 2012
• “Manasbal”12 Dec 2011
Charar-e-Sharif
#17 of 22 attractions in Srinagar
2 reviews
This somewhat guady shrine replaces the 600-year-old wooden one that was burnt down by militants.
Attraction type Religious Sites
• “unfortunately new building for the sufi shrine”6 Dec 2011
• “PEACE AND TRANQUILITY”15 Feb 2011
AmarnathYatra (Holy Cave)
#18 of 22 attractions in Srinagar
3 reviews
Attraction type Religious Sites; Caverns/ Caves
• “amarnathyatra 2011 – basic information”23 Aug 2011
• “A great journey to amarnayh yatra.”21 Jul 2010
• “the easiest route to take”27 Jul 2009
Jame Mosque
#19 of 22 attractions in Srinagar
1 review
Attraction type Religious Sites; Historic Sites
• “Jama Mashid”28 Aug 2008
Hari Parbat
#20 of 22 attractions in Srinagar
1 review
Attraction type Historic Sites; Landmarks/ Points of Interest
• “Not worth just yet…restoration on”2 Nov 2011
Day10 – : Srinagar –via sonamarg– see places in sonamarg
Day 11-: 1day stay in sonamarg
Full day drive to Kargil. After Sonmarg you start steep ascending most rough road and wet Zojila pass 3527 Mtrs known as (Gateway of Ladakh) continue drive towards Drass second coldest place in the world here we stop for tea and passport check. Another two and half hours drive will take us Kargil. Overnight at Hotel.
Sonamarg
Sonamarg is approximatly 100 kilometers from Srinagar.The drive to Sonamarg is through the Sindh Valley which presents yet another spectacular facet of countryside in Kashmir. Situated at an altitude of 2730 m, Sonamarg (‘The meadow of gold’) has, as its backdrop, snowy mountains against a cerulean sky. The Sindh River that meanders through the valley abounds with trout and mahaseer. Ponies can be hired for the trip up to Thajiwas glacier, which is a major local attraction during the summer months.Sonamarg is the base of a major trek that passes along several mountain lakes –Vishansar, Kishansar, Gadsar, Satsar and Gangabal. Sonamarg is also the take off station for the drive to Ladakh across the Zojila, a major pass in the Great Himalayan Range, through which the Srinagar-Leh Road passes.Sonamarg is also a base for undertaking the yatra to the holy Amarnath cave.
What to see in sonamarg
Thajiwas
The everlasting Thajiwas glacier, 3km from Sonamarg, provides a chance to enjoy sledge ride on the snow even in mid-Summer Ponies are available up to the glacier from Sonamarg. Superb campsites in Thajiwas area makes it a prime location for school camps and trekkers in summer.
KheerBhawani
Sonamarg road passes through the village of Ganderbal.
5km from Ganderbal is the shrine of kheerbhawani at a village called Tulmul.(Tulmul means “of great value”).The sacred spring at the temples symbolizes godessragnyaDevi.It is believed that MahaRagnya appeared before ravana after his devotion to the Goddess.Ravana got image of goddess installed in Ceylon.It is said that when Ravana finished his worshipgoddes accepted his offer of Kheer(Rice Pudding)sincethen goddess is called KheerBhawani.Due to Ravan’s licentious life MahaRagnya commanded Hanuman to shift his image from Ceylone and place itatTulmul.An annual festival,JeshtAshtami,is held during May-June,when according to beliefs,the goddess changes the colour of the water.A trip to this temple will be worthwhile.
Mansabal Lake
32km from Srinagar,off the Sonamarg-Ganderbalroad,this 4km long and 1.2 km wide lake is famous for water nuts,lotus roots ‘nadru’and lotus flowers that blossom in early july.Manas means mountains and bal a lake side.This lake serves as home to many aqaticbirds,making it a bird watchers paradise.It is considred the deepest lake in Kashmir as deep as 12.8 m at some places .The beautiful shikaras floating over the lake offer a wonderful ride.A well laid park in front of the lakes makes it a pleasurable picnic spot for locals and tourists alike.
Narang Ruins
Ancient ruins of shrines near Wangath 50km from Srinagar west of Kangan. Some of these temples were built by Jaluka son of Ashoka in 3rd century while others are dated to pre-Korakotaperiods.The Vishnu temple at the site is said to be constructed by emperor Lalityaditya.
GangabalTrekrek start
The famous Gangabalts from Sonamarg across the Sind river with the steep Nichnai Pass at 4080 m. Rough trek af 15 km from Sonamarg will certainly make you stop of the first visible campsite in the area. Passing via Vishansar Lake at 3680 m and further to Krishansar Lake at 3819 m (14km), a marvelous campsite urges you to stop overnight.
A 23 km trek to Gadsar Lake, 3900 m, passes through steep climbs followed by a rapid descent, whereafter the magical Gadsar Lake appears, mostly full of broken glacier masses. A trek of 17 km via Satsar Lake, 3600 m, passes through Gangabal valley, where the view of Harmukh Peak is breathtaking.Few kilometers walk will take you to Gangabal Lake 3570 m at the foot of Harmukh. A plain campsite amidst the valley is an unforgettable experience.
From Gangabal, a 17 km tough descend leads to Naranag ruins.5km further down is Wangat 2050 m, from where a metal road leads back to Sonamarg via Kangan and to Srinagar .
You can easily hire a registered guide and ponies from Sonamarg for this 4to6 days Gangabal trek which is open for the trekkers and explorers throughout mid Summer.
Krishnasar Lake.Krishnasar lake is located about few kilometers from sonamarg.The lake is dedicated to the Trout fish conservation.One can enjoy Trout fishing in the lake,though winter time is recommended.At expense of Rs.200,a hour long time is alotted for fishing
Day 12 – Sonamarg to Kargil
Day13: Kargil –Rangdum (285km.)7 hrs.
After Kargil drive towards Zanskar valley on the way see Panikar and Parkachan villages view of Nun & Kun peaks are seen. Reach at Rangdum we visit the Gompa, evening free to explore the area Overnight in tent.
Day14: Rangdum – Padum (distance 180km.) 5 hrs.
Continue drive to Padam which is the Capital of Zanskar valley on the way cross Pensila pass 4401 Mtrs and some ancient Buddhist villages. After crossing Tungri bridge visit Sunni Gompa finally we reach Padam in the late afternoon. Dinner, overnight stay in hotel.
Day15: Padum local sight seeing
Day to visit Pipitong, ThondeGompa and Zangla 3450 Mtrs this is the most beautiful village with ancient ZanglaGompa and you may get chance to visit Queen’s house at Zangla. On the way return visit KarshaGompa which is one of the oldest Monastery. Overnight in hotel.
IS it possible to trek to Phuktalmonastery ?
Day16: Padum – Rangdum: Drive back to Rangdum, overnight stay in camp.
Rangdum to Kargil
devilonwheels
There exist an alternate route to reach Leh once you reach Kargil which is a bit more scenic than the usual route. The usual route goes like Kargil – Mulbekh – Lamayuru – Leh and the alternate, less used route goes like Kargil – Akchamal – Batalik – Dah – Skurbuchan –Achi – Leh.
Please make a note that the route via Batalik requires you to get the Inner Line Permits from either DC Office Kargil or DC Office Leh. So, I will advise that you go to Leh from Kargil via Lamayuru following the usual route and then you can come back to Kargil via Batalik after getting the permits from Leh DC office at the time you apply permits for Ladakh sightseeing places like Nubra Valley, PangongTso etc. If you are returning via Manali – Leh Highway then you need to take permits from Kargil DC Office to go via Batalik route and thereby miss the usual route to Leh which goes via Lamayuru
Well, while traversing this beautiful road of Srinagar – Leh Highway you also give yourself a chance to visit the following places either on the route or with little diversions from the route -
Maitrey at Mulbek, Lamayuru Monastery, Lunar Landscape, Redzong Monastery, Alchi Monastery, Likir Monastery, Basgo Palace, Confluence at Nimmu, Magnetic Hills, Pathar Sahib Gurudwara, Phyang Monastery, Spituk Monastery.
You need to give yourself time to explore these places especially Lamayuru, Alchi and Likir monasteries. Hence, if you plan to cover these sightseeing places either while going towards Leh from Srinagar or towards Srinagar from Leh, then give yourself at least 3 days to cover the entire Srinagar – Leh route.
Day 17 :Rangdom – Kargil / Mulbek
Drive back to kargil/mulbek. Mulbuk is famous for chamba statue (The Budha’scarbing), TheChamba statue carved out of a single rock about 144 ft. high. Over night stay in hotel.
Required changes
Alternate route from Kargil -Kargil – Akchamal – Batalik – Dah – Skurbuchan- Dumkbar – beforKalsi turn right to Lamayarur – monastery- then back – any place on route to stay to break journey
Day18 :Mulbek – Alchi
After breakfast, leave for Alchi, we will drive over Fatu-la (13,489 ft.) which is the highest pass on Srinagar – Lehroad,enroute visit Lamayuru monastery which is the oldest monastery in Ladakh. AlchiGompa is 69 km from Leh the only monastery built on flat ground. Also known as the choskor or religious enclave. About 1000 years back(11th century), This gompa was built by the great translator RingchenZangpo. This is very famous for its painting and architecture which has an Indian and Kashmiri influence in them .Overnight stay in hotel.
Is it possible to stay at NamraHotel ?NAMRA Hotel
Day 19 :Alchi – Leh
Drive to leh/Ladakh,ladakh means the land of high passes, also known as the land of endless discoveries, the moon land. Due to its nearness and resemblance to the Tibetan culture it is also called little Tibet. Ladakh is situated on the Northern part of India at an altitude of 3500 m. making this the highest inhabited region in India. After reaching in leh, Day free on leisure at leh.Dinnerovernight in hotel at Leh.
Day20 :Leh Local Sight Seeing :Hemis – Thiksey – Shey + Stok Palace :
After breakfast, we visit the Hemis monastery, the biggest and the wealthiest in Ladakh. visit the museum in which the family’s heirlooms and relics are displayed,. We visit the Tibetan Handicraft Centre / Tibetan school You walk past the Chortens and the Mani walls to enter the complex through the east gate. From Hemis, you are driven westwards to Thiksey monastery, located on a hilltop with formidable views of the Indus valley. After visiting the interiors of the monastery the tour continues to Shey the former summer palace of the King of Ladakh. Finally we drive back to Leh to our hotel.
Day21 :Leh to Pangong lake distance 154km.
Drive upstream along the Right Bank of the Indus River via Shey, Thiksey and Karu. Turn left towards ChemdeyGompa and continue along the steep roadside towards Chang La (17,350 ft.). Permits have to be verified at Zingrul travelling check point (TCP) (13,500 ft.), 12 kms short of the pass. There is a temple at the top of the Chang La and lots of prayer flags.
The Pangong Lake (which means hollow) is very long narrow spread of water situated at an altitude of 14,500 ft. Extending from east to west through the whole length of the Ruthong region of Tibet to neighborhood of Chisul, it bends to the north west for about 25 miles and forms a boundary between Ladakh and Ruthong. Only a quarter of the Lake lies in India, the rest stretching into Ruthong. Rare black necked cranes and other migratory birds are seen here. The water of the lake is salty. Drive back to leh Dinner overnight Stay in leh.
Where is magnetic hill ??
Day22 :Leh / Khardungla / deskit / Hunder /Nubra valley distance 140km.
Today we travel north from Leh over the highest motorable road and the Khardungla Pass (5570m), to the Nubra Valley which is little visited, as it is inaccessible for all but a couple of months in the year, its high passes closed by the winter snows. In comparison to the Indus valley which is cooler the Nubra is a comparatively warm valley where walnut, apricot, apple and mulberry trees grow and yak, sheep and goats graze in small forests and along the river Shyok. The journey brings us excellent view of great Karakoram Range. Over night stay in hotel.
Day23: Drive back to leh.ViaKhardungla Pass.
DAY 24 :LEH / TSO-KAR / TSO-MORIRI
AFTER BREAKFAST DRIVE TO TSO- KAR VIA UPSHI, RUMTSEY , ENJOY A DAYLONG EXCURSION TO TSOMORIRI AND TSOKAR. SITUATED AT 4573M, TSOMORIRI IS A PEARL SHAPE VILLAGE WITH A BEAUTIFUL LAKE. IN TSOKAR AT ABOUT 7KM FROM TSOMORIRI, YOU CAN VISIT A SMALL GOMPA. RETURN TO THE CAMP LATE FOR AN OVERNIGHT STAY.
DAY 25 :TSO-KAR /TSO-MORIRI – SARCHU
TODAY OUR DRIVE WILL GO ON A MOUNTAIN PLAIN WHICH IS AROUND 40KM. THEN DRIVE DOWN TO PANG, PANG IS FAMOUS FOR ITS TINY MIGRATING MARKETS, IN PANG YOU CAN ALSO SEE VARIOUS INTERESTING EARTH PILLARS. THEREAFTER WE CONTINUE DRIVING TOWARDSSARCHUOVER NIGHT STAY IN TENT.
DAY 26 :SARCHU / KELONG
WE WILL DRIVE VIA BARALACHA PASS, IT WAS ONCE A SILK ROUTE CENTER AND STILL FAMOUS FOR TREKKING ROUTE AND CONTINUE DOWNHILL DRIVE TO KEYLONG. IF WE ARRIVE EARLY THEN WE HAVE A CHANCE TO VISIT KHARDANG MONASTERY OVER NIGHT STAY IN HOTEL.
Day27 :Keylong/Trilokinath/Udaipur
After having breakfast we drive to Trilokinathtample (the shrine ) then continue our drive to Udaipur to see Mrikulamatatample. This is the silk rout centre for lahol and Pangi (Chamba) and Zanskar people. Nowadays base of some trekking rout .Back to keylong Overnight stay in hotel.
Day 28: Keylong –Chandertallake
Early morning we will move to Chandertallake, enrout visit to Gondla fort with a view of green valley on zigzag road. On the way one can see different types of tree and many colored of flowers then take a short break at Gramphoo from where left road goes to Spiti valley beside Chandra river drive will attract you with snake shaped water flowing and high peaks of mountain. O/N stay in tent continue our drive to Kaza to seeing a magnificent view of Sp
Day-29 :- Chandertal to Kaza via Kunzum pass(4501mtr.) Today our drive is in very silent area we will see the Losar monastery and continue our drive towards Kaza O/N stay in hotel at Kaza
Day30 :Spiti Local and Tabo :- (Kaza (Key, kibber, Dhankar)
Dhankar Monastery, the old capital of Spitivalley ,Dhankar big village once residence of the King of Spiti on the hill you see his fort .Also today about 100 Monks are living in the Dhankar Monastery. After Dhankar drive to Kee –Monastery, The Key Gompa, perched high on the Pyramid shaped mountain ,belongs to the Gelugpa sect and there are as many as 500 monks , visit Kibber Village the highest motor connected village in the world and Kibber monastery .
Day 31: Kaza – Tabo Local (Explore Monastery and caves )
Tabo village is an ancient village on an elevation of 3100m,lying on the bank of SpitiRiver,where you visit Tabo Monastery the oldest and archaeologically most important monastery of Spiti with the most sacred shrine.
Tabo Monastery is situated in the Spiti Valley of Himachal Pradesh. The great teacher and translator RinchenZangpo founded the monastery in 996 AD and till today, it holds the distinction of being the largest monastic complex in the Spiti region. Tabo Monastery is also known as ‘TaboChosKhor’, which means ‘Doctrinal Circle’ or ‘Doctrinal Enclave’ of Tabo, and houses Deva Gyatsho. Tabo is, in fact, a tiny hamlet in itself, with about 350 people as its residents. The sprawling complex of the monastery has about nine temples, 23 chortens. ‘Temple of Dromton’ or ‘Brom-stonLha-khang’, founded by Dromton – an important disciple of Atisha, in the early 11th century. The temple has intricately carved doorway and splendid murals. a number of buildings were added to the Tabo Monastery of India, at a later date. Overnight stay in hotel at tabo.
Day32 :Tabo – Nako lake
After breakfast drive to kinnour on the way visit nako lake and village.
NakoLake :This beautiful is located in the Pooh sub-division of district Kinnaur. The lake is surrounded by willow and polar trees. There is a small village on the bank of this lake – and the village seems to be half buried by the lake’s borders. On the water’s northern side, are four Buddhist temples with stucco images and murals. Near Nako is a footprint-like impression ascribed to the saint Padmasambhava. It freezes in winter and people enjoy skating on this lake.
Nako : It is the highest village in the valley and the existence of lake formed out of the masses of ice and snow above adds to beauty of the village. Situated about 2 kms.above the Hangrang valley road and is 103 kms. fromKalpa on the western direction of the huge mountain of Pargial. Local village deity is Deodum and another Lagang temple with several idols exist here. Overnight stay in hotel
Day33: Nako-Recongpeo/Kalpa 105kms.
Excellent drive from Nako through the zigzagging roads built by border road organization. (BRO). At Khab we meet with the confluence of Spiti and Sutlej coming down from far off Tibet.-Explore Recongpeo local market. Halt at Kalpa.
Day34 :Recongpeo / Sangla / Chitkul /Sarahan
A view of KinnaurKailash Peak is splendid from Sangla , from here take an excursion to Kamru Fort , Nag Temple and up to Chitkul (3435m) surrounded by green fields and pinnacle of peaks ,Chitkul is like a fairyland . The quaint little wooden houses, temples, Gompas and the people of Sangla.
Drive further on the mountain road and arrive to Sarhan ,Sarhan the tiny village offers the splendid views of Shrikhand Mahadev Peak (5155m ) , visit the famous Bhimkali Temple , the big attraction of the area .Over night stay in hotel.
Day35: Sarahan– Shimla
Day36 :Shimla – Kufri – Shimla
Morning tour of Shimla -.Kalbadevi Temple, Jakhu Temple, Hanuman Temple or stop for a while at the beautiful stained – glass – windows of Christ Church, which was built in the 1850 ‘s. Afternoon excursion to Kufri a 30 Minutes drive from Shimla, an exotica of nature as a place surrounded by dense forest and snow caped mountains amidst virgin peaks and natures flora and fauna where one can completely relax and tune oneself for natural beauty, evening free to enjoy the scenic beauty of Kufri / Mall. Overnight at Hotel.
Day 37: InShimla
After breakfast the sightseeing of various places in and around. Shimla mosque built in 1830, Vice Regal lodge, Christ Church built in 1844 the Gaiety Theatre, The Scandal Point, KaaliBaari temple and Jakhoo temple. The evening is free to explore the famous shopping Plaza of the North. O/N Hotel
Day 38:Shimla to Rishikesh /Dehradun
After a very early breakfast, leave for Shimla. Proceed to Rishikesh /Dehradun Lunch will be served en route late in the evening. On arrival check in to the Hotel.O/n stay at hotel.
Day 39 : Dehradun to Guptkashi 200 kms (Drive 07-08 hrs)
After a very early breakfast, leave for Guptkashi. Lunch will be served en route at Srinagar.ReachGuptakashi late in the evening. On arrival check in to the Hotel.O/n stay at hotel.
Day 40: Guptakashi – Phata/Kedarnath/Rudraparyag (Drive 12/Helicopter/ 60kms,)
Early morning After breakfast Drive to Phata (12 kms drive-one way). On arrival start your journey on the Helicopter. If your client VIP dershan in kedarnath extra pay Rs-1100/- per person.also visit AdiShankaracharya Samadhi behind the temple. After dershan back to phata with hekicopter. Drive to Rudraparyag. Via road (60kms drive –on the way) Dinner and overnight at the hotel.
Day 41: Rudraparyag- Badrinath (Drive 135 kms)
After breakfast leave for ShriBadrinathji. On arrival take the holy Darshan and spend time visiting Mana village -the last village before the Tibetan border. Overnight at Badrinath.
Day 42: Badrinath- Srinagar (Drive 190 kms 08-09 hrs)
After breakfast leave for Rishikesh and on the way stop for lunch at Srinagar. Continue the journey and if time permits, visit Devprayag (The confluence of rivers Alaknanda and Bhagirathi, which become the Ganga). Reach Rishikesh in the evening to check in to Hotel. O/N stay at hotel.
Day 43: Srinagar-Mussoori (Drive 175 kms06-07)
Morning drive to Mussoorie via Devprayag visit visit Confluence of Bhagirathi and Alaknada River. Than continue drive towards Mussoorie. On arrival check in at hotel.Overnight stay at hotel.
Day 44 :/ Mussoorie
After breakfast visit the Gun Hill, which offers an excellent view of the surrounding valleys. Night stay in Mussoorie.
Day 45 : Mussoorie-Agra (352 kms / 10 hrs)
After breakfast drive to Delhi.
Dheeraj greetings. Went thru ur useful Site and it really helped me plan my forthcoming trip to leh. However, I have one question if u can help me. I am traveling via manali. Is there a way I can get my permits before I start my journey. I wanted to visit to moriri on the way only since it is so close by. Also I wanted to visit Tso pangong from moriri before hitting leh. Thanks in advance.
Hello Rakesh,
You should not do Tso Moriri while going from Manali to Leh because one need permits to visit Tso Moriri and these permits are issued at DC office in Leh. Even if you arrange these permits in advance somehow then taxi from Manali will not be allowed to visit Tso Moriri. Even if you manage Leh taxi or going on your own, then you will not be acclimatized to sleep at such high altitude so early in the trip and may cause some ugly AMS issues for you. Highly not recommended.
You can get the permits in advance by contacting any local travel agent in Leh or your hotel. They will ask you to fax or email your photo IDs and the required fees they would be charging (Charge about Rs 200 to Rs 250 per person). Once done, they email/fax back your permit which you can make further copies and keep it with you.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
deera bhai,good morning.ur blog provides very useful information to travellers.it is an encyclopedia.iam planning to tour manali In next month.iam coming with my wife and 2kids of 4and8years.my interest is to visit very beautiful locations and stay at very close to nature .not interested in trecking because of kids .is thirthan worth to skip shimla ?i
Raghu, Tirthan Valley is surely a must visit place over Shimla which is very much crowded and commercial. Let me know in case you need any help planning the trip by letting me know the number of days you have in hand.
dear DHeeraj, i was wondering if i can go laong with you for Leh trip coz you a
have the best of expertise.
let me know if is possible, if yes then when?
Depankar
Deepankar, I still haven’t finalized the plans for Leh this year but most likely I will be going in September. This time I am planning for a open tour where I will be inviting people to travel along. Let’s see how it unfolds and would majorly depend upon the leaves from office. Be in touch, I will be creating an event in September for the same.
Sir kindly suggest me manali circuit initiary
Raghu, how many days you have in hand. I think I shared you my contact info. feel free to call up
Dheeraj Sharmaji,
We are planning for Sonmarg-Leh-Manali tour from 5th July.(after seeing Srinagar Local, Gulmarg, Pehalgaon, Amarnath Yatra, Baltal, Sonmarg)
Pl help with us a simple itinerary with enjoying natural beauties, passes, Lakes & Hindu temples. We are not much interested in seeing in visiting many Monasteries.
Hello N. jayaram,
How many days you have in hand for it? You can check a very balanced and most common itinerary for Leh – Ladakh followed by many travelers including me at the link here for 14-15 days: Most Common Itinerary for Leh – Ladakh.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Dheeraj..HI ..read your blog on leh-ladakh and many suggestions given by you. i also thought of picking your brains on the same.
I have set below my itinerary for a trip from Delhi to Srinagar to Leh to Srinagar to Delhi (18 May 2013 – 31 May 2013)
Please give me your suggestions on the same and also places to see during each leg. Also i have put the trip to Pangong Tso as a 2 day trip with an overnight at Pangong. Let me know if this is required or a day trip is enough. Alternatively should Pangong and Nubra be combined as a 3/4 day trip.
18 May 2013 – Delhi to Srinagar (overnight in srinagar)
19 May – Srinagar Local
20 May – Leave for Kargil (overnight in kargil) by road
21 May – Kargil to Leh (overnight in leh)
22 May – Leh Local
23 May – Leh to Pangong Tso (Overnight at Pangong Tso)
24 May – Pangong Tso to Leh (overnight at Leh)
25 May – Leh to Nubra Valley (Overnight at Nubra)
26 May – Nubra to Leh (ovenight at Leh)
27 May – buffer day in Leh
28 May – Leh to Kargil (overnight at Kargil) by road
29 May – Kargil to Srinagar (overnight at Srinagar)
30 May – Srinagar local
31 May depart for delhi
Would appreciate a quick reply as need to make bookings for stay. thanks
Priya
Guess I have replied this on the other thread, please check the link here
Hi Dheeraj,
I was in touch with you some 20-25 days ago for planning my trip. We were planning for YHAI acco in Srinagar, but unfortunately they seem to be sold out.
Can you please suggest us accommodation options in Srinagar. (10 people, 21 year old students),Budget: 300 to 450-500 per person per day. We will be happy if you can suggest any dormitories, as we will be staying in the rooms only during nights and there is not much requirement of posh rooms.
As you are a frequent visitor by the Srinagar Leh highway, I am sure you will have some suggestions in Srinagar.
Thanks.
Dheeraj,
I have found JKTDC dorms available. Your experiences about the same in: 1. Srinagar 2. Sonmarg 3. Gulmarg/pahalgam
Thanks.
Rahul, JKTDC are generally fine to live up with as I have experience at Kargil and Zanskar with them
Sorry Rahul, not much details on this front. I only have experience of staying at house boats in Srinagar
Hi Dheeraj
I am planning Ladakh in June 2013 (first week). Any suggestions?
Lavanya
How many days you have in hand?
sir kindly pass dheeraj bhai’s email and phone number.
Raghu, I think I have shared my contact with you on Facebook page of the blog.
Hi Lavanya,
For 10 – 12 days in hand you can actually follow the following itinerary:
Day 1 | Delhi – Srinagar
– Enjoy walk around Dal lake and may be Shikara ride as well
– If you have time then check out, floating market, Shalimar Garden.
– Overnight at Srinagar
Day 2 | Srinagar – Sonamarg – Zozi La – Drass – Kargil
– Enjoy the vistas enroute
– Have late drunch meal at Drass is you are a vegetarian as sometimes it gets difficult to find veg. food at Kargil
– Overnight at Kargil
Day 3 | Kargil – Lamayuru – Leh
– Cover Mulbekh Maitrey, Lamayuru Moanstery, Lunar Landscapes
– On the way you can also see Gurudwara Pather Sahib, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu
– Overnight at Leh
Day 4 | Leh Local Sightseeing + Inner Line Permits
– To know the about the places to visit check the link: Travel Guide for Local Sightseeing of Leh Town in Ladakh
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 6 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
Day 7 | Leh – Hemis Monastery – Pangong Tso Lake
– Cover either of Hemis, Thicksey and Shey on the go towards Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Pangong Tso (Spangmik or Lukung)
Day 8 | Pangong Tso Lake – Thicksey Monastery – Shey Palace – Leh
– Cover either of Hemis, Thicksey and Shey on return to Leh
– Overnight at Leh
Day 9 | Rest day at Leh to enjoy local culture and some shopping OR Monastery tour OR you can do tour to Sham Valley
– Monastery tour may include Hemis, Thicksey, Stakna and Shey monasteries. They come on the route of Pangong Tso but as you will be doing day trip, it will be a bit hectic to include them on that day only.
– Sham Valley include Alchi, Likir, Basgo Palace, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu, Gurudwara Pather Sahib
– Overnight at Leh
Day 10 | Leh – Taglang La – Moore Plains – Pang – Sarchu
– Stay overnight at Sarchu
Day 11 | Sarchu – Baralacha La – Keylong – Rohtang Pass – Manali
– On the way cover Suraj Tal, Deepak Tal which are on the road sides only
– Overnight at Manali
Day 12 | Manali – Delhi
Day 13 + 14 | Buffer days to be kept incase of road closure due to landslides or snowfall or perhaps you want to enjoy more.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj, I like and admire your courage and passion. I could tell you a lot about what I did when I was in my teens almost 40 years back. If you wish, please join us on highway cuisine group. We need people like you show others what they are missing in this beautiful country. Take care.
Thanks alot AJ, please share the links and details. I am always game to meet like minded people and share lovely experiences and get to know each other too
Greetings,Dheeraj bhai !! how r u? well i dont know whether u can recall me
sometimes back in the month of august 2012 u helped me a lot for planning mY spiti valley tour.Liked i have informed u it got cancelled due to heavy monsoons showers and landslides 
. It was scheduled on 01-sep-2012 
Any way i got dat itinerary still wid me.dis is for sure i will go ahead wid dat itinerary to spiti some day 100% 
.Well mean time i am here again to trouble u.hope u don’t mind 
wid some queries 
.So the thing is dat:
* we r 7 frands going to leh-ladakh via manali.
* tickets are booked reaching manali on 09-june-2013 at 8am and return tickets frm delhi to work/native places on 15-jun-2013 at 2pm.
*from manali we will hire one innova or xylo or travera.
*i read ur article.many things got cleared also.but der r few doubts.will raise one by one.firstly most important i will go ahead wid d doubt regarding “ITINERARY”
Well dheeraj bhai from ur article i came to know abt dez places in leh-laddakh viz (khardung la,diskit,hunder,sumur,panamik,hemis,pangong tso,thicksey,shey palace,sham valley,magnetic hills,tso moriri,tso kar,moore plains,pang,sarchu).Now below i am giving u my schedule which can’t be changed under any circumstances keeping our leaves applied in office.And the remaining at present is just a fill in the blanks for us
since we dont know how to fill those gaps with the places which i have mentioned above…please please help us dheeraj bhai 
…from the above places WHICHEVER places cover kiya ja sakta hein humloge k timings ko dhyaan mein rakh kar please aap ooske anusaar add ya delete kar dijiye.aap jaisa thik samjhe 
10-june-2013(Monday): will leave manali at 04:00 am to rohtang pass.
11-june-2013:
12-june-2013:
13-june-2013:
14-june-2013:
15-june-2013(Saturday): we have to catch rajdhani at 02:00pm to native places/work places from DELHI.
DEERAJ BHAI EXPLICITLY PLEASE MENTIONED THE NIGHT STAY PLACE FOR EACH DAY. THANKS A TON !!!
Hello HRISHIKESH,
Yes, brother I do remember you. Regarding the number of days you have in hand it is not at all advisable to make a trip to Leh – Ladakh. You will not see anything in Leh Ladakh in 4 days in fact you will reach Leh on 11th June and will start back on 13th June and then 14th June you will reach Manali and in 14th evening you will have to leave for Delhi making it one hell of a journey. The only day left will be 12th June which you can use for just local sightseeing in Leh. Not worth the pain I will say when you are not seeing anything in Ladakh
Regards
Dheeraj
oh ! thats a very bad newz.infact i ws thinking like dis only kinda whether it will b possible or not; i mean this ladakh trip in dis given time span.But hey dheeraj bhai instead in dis given time span can we go for the spiti valley instead wid dis given itinerary:
08-jun-2013:reach delhi @ 10:10am and catch bus @ 04:45pm to manali.
09-jun-2013:reach manali @ 07:45 am.book hotel & manali sight seeing.
10-jun-2013:leave manali @ 03:30 am and heading towards rohtang pass–>kunzum pass–>reach kaza by evening–>night stay at kaza
11-jun-2013:kaza–>dhankar–>chankar lake–>tabo–>night stay at tabo.
12-jun-2013:tabo–>kaza–>ki–>kibber–>chandratal lake–>night stay at chandrataal.
13-jun-2013:leave chandrataal at 05:00 am to manali.night stay in manali.
14-jun-2013:relax day @ manali.evening catch bus to delhi @ 5pm.
15-jun-2013:reach delhi @8am.catch train @ 2:00 pm.
1. is it good to go with this plan instead of ladakh in this given period 08-jun-2013 to 15-jun-2013 ???
2. will we be able to enjoy the beauty of mother nature at this given period in lahaul spiti side???
3. if it is worth visting lahaul/spiti at dis period then if u want to add/delete place/places in dat given itinerary please feel free to changed it dheeraj bhai.I would like to add here that snow factor is not a problem for us since till now our highest climb are a) Bumla Pass(china border) @ 15,200 feet in TAWANG(arunachal pradesh) @ -10 degree celcius b) Zero point @ 16,500 feet in north sikkim @ -12 degree celcius c) Gurudongmar Lake @ 17,100 feet(our highest climb till date) in north sikkim @ -10 degree celcius.
Dear Hriskikesh,
Plz find a travel itinerary below for Spiti Valley – Himachal Circuit. This was developed with inputs from Dheeraj and Myself. It was liked by atleast 12 people and they already booked there tickets and hotels at various dates during that time as per their convenience. The only change could be – u may exit form Spiti via kunzulum la – Rohtang pass – Manali, if the road is open during that period. This itinerary was developed keeping in my:
1. U ascent the altitude slowly so the high altitude sickness which likely to develop is better tackled.
2. U slowly enter from lower to higher to trans-himalaya and thus able to appreciate the change in ecological and cultural landscape. This experience is unique and never get bored with the dynamic pattern.
3. Able to see most of himalayas (pattern) and himachal in one go.
4. Cost effective also. U may hire taxi on daily basis (I got it for Rs 3000 per day for a Sumo with guide like – informed local driver with good help in budget hotel booking). U tend to cover good amount of distance every day.
Pune to Chandigarh and stay.
Day 1
1) Start form Shimla at 12.00 noon ( all participants will meet at Main Bus stand at Shimla for the pick up by the cars) —65 km – 2 hrs—Narkanda (Hatu Peak – 7 km – 20 min – from Narkanda – time spent – 30 min. Total time – max 1 1/2 hrs. Panoramic view of snow Dhauladhar range (higher Himalaya part in Himachal Pradesh).
2) Hatu Peak(Narkanda) — 65 km – 2 1/2 hrs (via Rampur)— Sarahan (Night Stay – at Hotel Shrikand HPTDC or Hotel Bhimkali complex.
Enroute: Explore Rock Garden & Sukhna Lake
Suggest, have lunch in Shimla
Day 2
Sight seeing at Sarahan, BhimkaaliTemple; beautiful view of Shrikand Mahadev peak.
Start from Sarahan before or after noon —-82 km – 3 hrs —Sangla. Night Stay at Sangla HPTDC hotel or at Chitkul (28 km from Sangla).
visit Kamru Fort and Chitkul.
Suggest, have lunch in Chitkul.
Day 3
Sight seeing at Chitkul/Sangla and around Baspa river. Trout fishing / angling can be explored. One more Night Stay at Sangla.
Day 4
Start at morning from Sangla —-51 km – 3 hrs —Kalpa. Night stay at Hotel Kinnar Kailash HPTDC or Hotel Kinnar Villa. Late afternoon view of Roldang , Jaikanden and the colour changing Kinnar Kailash (Shivaling) peaks, 1000 year old Monastery, Narayan Nagani Temple. Night stay at Kalpa.
Enroute: Visit St. Mary’s Church and Tannijubbar Lake.
Suggest, have lunch in a ‘Dhabha’ famous for Rajma Chawal, before entering Kinnaur District.
Day 5
Kalpa to Tabo – 180 km of total travel.
Start early morning from Kalpa (7.00 am) — 105 km —–Nako lake. En-route , have breakfast at Speelo as u start entering into theTrans-himalaya zone.
Nako — 46 km Gue ( 1000 year old Mummy) —-32 km —-Tabo. (Night Stay at Monastery Hotel).
Enroute: Will be crossing Khab, motor able entry point of Satluj in India from China +
confluence point of Spiti & Satluj rivers + visit Nako Lake & 500+ yrs old Mummy at Gue.
Suggest, have lunch in Nako.
Day 6
Tabo — 30 km —Dhankar (Monastery, Lake etc) —Stay at Kaza.
Enroute: Visit Tabo Monastery built and Dhangkar Monastery + Explore Kaza Bazaar in the evening.
Suggest, have lunch in Dhangkar.
Day 7
Kaza—-Demul—-21 village point trek (2 km)—-lunch on the open meadow—Back to Kaza for night stay. Lallung will be visited as and when possible.
Day 8
Start early morning from Kaza —– Shepherds camp (near Demul)—–Hikkim—-Comic Monastery—-Langza—-Kaza. Night stay at Kaza
Day 9
Kaza—Kee—Tashigong—-Gette (world highest village connected with motorable road)—Kibber—-Kaza. (night stay). Around 160 km.
visit Langza & Komic + explore the pastures and meadows at one of the highest motor able villages of the World. Today, you will get packed lunch.
Day 10
Kaza—-Pin Valley—Stay at Losar
visit Takcha ( Yak grazing grounds ) and Kunzam la/Kunzum pass.
Day 11 (5th June 2103)
TOTAL DISTANCE – 104KMS)
Losar—– Near Losar sight seeing — start by 12.00 noon -reach and stay at Tabo)
Day 12
Tabo (early morning)—215 km – 8 hrs—– directly to Rampur for an overnight stay.
Day 13 ( Optional and buffer day)
Start early morning from Rampur —– have sight seeing in Shimla. Or proceed to Manali and other places ……..further on…..
Day 14th flight to Pune
Alternate itinerary if Kunzum la- Rohtand pass is open: Day 10
Losar—–Chandra Taal—-Manali
Then,
++Day 9
Kaza—-Pin Valley—Losar
OR
If want to want avoid the passes:
* Day 10
Kaza(early morning)—280 km – 10 hrs—– directly to Rampur. Night stay. Its better to choose this option.
If via Pin valley, then night stay at Rekong Peo and then proceed to Manali via Rampur-Jalori pass to Manali. Rekong Peo to Rampur distance is around 100 km – 3 to 4 hrs.
*Day 11
Rampur —– 160 km – 6 hrs —-Manali (via Jalori pass). Night stay.
Retiring Room at Kalka Railway Station: 01733-225088
Hotel The Lotus Basic hotel at 300 metres from the station
Ordinary room: Rs. 650/- ; Delux: Rs. 850/-
Tel: 01733 224 533
Kalka Shimla Toy Train Timings
Train Name Dep (Kalka) Arr (Shimla) Fare
72451 Rail Motor
05:10 09:50 FC: Rs. 247
52451 Shivalik Delux
05:30 10:15 CC: Rs. 280
52453 Simla Express 06:00 11:05 2S: Rs.48
52455 Himalayan Queen 12:10 17:20 CC: Rs.167
Shivalik Express train Booking
Bookings for Shivalik Express can be made at IRCTC website.
“KLK” is the station code for Kalka, “SML” is the station code for Shimla
52451 /54452 are the train numbers for Shivalik Deluxe Express
Train is in demand, please book tickets ASAP
BUS TICKET booking:
http://www.hrtc.gov.in/hrtctickets/
Thanks alot Ravindra, I am sure this will surely help many others as well along with Hrishikesh
Hi hrishikesh
I will suggest a that instead you do just Chandratal and Surajtal which will help you in acclimatization as well. Starting from 9th June: Manali, Jispa, Visit Deepak Tal and Suraj Tal and stay either back at Jispa or Khoksar, Visit Chandratal and either stay near camps or at Losar (Chandratal might not be possible that early), Manali, 14 – rest day, 15 back to Delhi
I hope this answers all your queries. Very early to say but your plan is on the mercy of passes and thei opening and even route to Chandratal too
Regards
Dheeraj
@Dheeraj Sharma:
…if u have contacts of drivers den please provide me bro…!!! About the stay place i do have the list and contact numbers u gave me.No issue at all…In average place or tent we will stay !!
Brother yeah u r right.Thanks a tonn.Infact while going through the topics i came to know; for the chandratal june last week is best.Lets c wat happens.If luck support us will be able to visit chandratal.By the way mean time u know wat? i asked couple of peoples here a der of manali side over phone for car and dey are saying: aare bhaiya aap toa pick time mein aa rahe ho gari k naam mein aap 1lakh to 1.5lakh rakh lo…lol…i said o bhaiya car kharidni nahi hein mujhe din k hisaab se bhare mein chahiye…ha ha ha…i said 1 lakh mein toa NANO he aa jati hein…And 1 said saab g 23,000 mein spiti taak chor k aa jaunga…i said ooske baad kiya waha makkhi marunga mein…den he said for return again 23,000 dena padega i said..wo bhaiya ek kaam karna thora aage ja ke china border cross kara k Bejeing mein he chor k aa jana…lol….GOD Brother…is it not possible to get a Car in daily rental basis of Rs.3500 max per day system for the spiti???
he he he, once you will get the mail as I reply to this comment then please reply me back I will share the details of the taxi guy and how to get in touch with him. You should be able to find that on 3500 types for sure if the prices are not increased this year
Thanks a tonn Brother.I am replying you via mail.In mean time 1 doubt.Yesterday i was reading one travel article on Himachal Pradesh.Thing i came to know is compare to last year this time snow is less in rohtang area and all.And also compare to other years snow is melting fast.Well for me its a good newz but what bother me from the article is on 2011 the kunzum pass was opened on 19-June-2011.According to my itinerary i will be crossing Kunzum pass on 10-june-2013.Now this really making me biting my nails
..Whats going in my mind is if i am not able to see chandratal then no issues with me as far as if i am able to see Surajtal and Deepaktal….
Sure, I wil wait for the reply. If you can’t find the email then use the Email Us button in the sidebar. Well, as per the reports the dozer is about 40 KMs before Losar as of now, expected to cross Kunzum by 25-30 days at max
… But, it is trans Himalayas, keep your mind and options open. Highly likely that you will at least be able to visit Suraj tal and Deepak as well as Baralacha la 
Brother,
….fingers crossed that mother nature gives me the opportunity to see evrything what ever is in the itinerary, mother India itna bhi zalim aur nishthoor nahi ho sakta 
I have sent the mail to this address. Please find it.And the information that you have provided about the reaching of Dozer before 40kms of Losar that’s a really good newz.Will say after hearing that “dil baagh baagh ho gaya wuiiii”
Bro, i have sent one mail on 06-April-2013.But did not posted the same over here in the blog.So if there is some rules and regulations of this blog like can not sent mail directly then in that case shall i repost the same over here in the blog?? Actually some days back i was going through a travel blog and the admin deleted my post like its a rule in this blog that u can not use sms type words.And i am not sure whether you got my mail or not so asked in curiosity.
Thanks
Bhai I have got the mail. There is no complexity here but yes I do request not to use SMS lingo here to everyone. Working over weekends, so could not reply. Will mail you back today
OK !!
I appreciate. Then over here also i will keep in mind not to use short sms words. Thanks
Hi, Dheeraj
How are you Bro.
It looks like Manali-leh season and fever started much early this year
. Many started planning now for June through Sep 13.
I’m happy to read, realize and help travelers who wish to do this in their bike along with your support and advice.
I’ll do all my best, share my experience and knowledge.
Stay in touch.
Shiva
Bangalore.
Thanks alot Shiva for all the previous inputs, so glad to see you back here and the helping hand you providing for other traveller
… I am doing just fine, going through a bit hectic schedule now a days but manageable with smiles. Yes, the fever has started now and many queries are coming up for all the planning and stuff. A lot more article have gone by last year so more info. for Leh – Ladakh is now available on the blog 
…
Thanks for your support and sure, always in touch with you. Add me to your FB list
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi, Dheeraj, salute your passion and your nature to help and guide all of us right way. If possible please give details for Leh to Manali route. what is time to reach manali from leh. I want to take a train from chandigadh @ 11 please guide how to reach chandigadh from leh.
Rudra, please check the Travel Guide for Manali – Leh Highway and let me know in case you have any doubts or query for Manali – Leh Highway
Hi Dheeraj
First of all let me thank you for your wonderful blog.
I was planning a trip to leh with my family from Srinagar. Here are a few queries I would request guidance from you:-
1. Are there any specific days of week when the roads from srinagar to leh are closed to the civilians? Sonmarg-Mulbekh road, Mulbekh-Uleytopko, Uleytokpo-Leh, Leh-Nubra, Leh-Pang-gong Tso
2. How many days should we stay at Nubra? Which part of Nubra would you recommend, Hunder, Turtuk or Sumur?
3. Is there as road from Nubra to Pang-gong Tso so that we do not have to go back to leh and travel from there to Pang-gong.
Shilpa
Hi,
Reading to your 3rd point. There are two routes which connects Nubra to Pong without reaching Leh. Wari-la route and Shyoke route. Wari La is Very remote and Shyok is even more remote and dangerous. I did Wari-la route in Aug 12 in my Bike all alone with the guidance of Dheeraj.
Leh-Nubra-Warila or shyok-Pong- Upshi in this route there’s no fueling station.
Mr. Dheeraj could help you route, safety and whether conditions etc.
Shiva, Bangalore
Hello Shilpa,
1. No, Srinagar – Leh Highway remains open all days of the week.
2. I think it is always better to have a atleast 2 day trip to Nubra Valley. If you want to cover Turtuk, make it 3 day trip then.
3. Yes, there are two roads that goes past Wari La and Shyok village. Wari La route is very long and isolated, plus Shyok route is more isolated and more dangerous than Wari La route. If you guys are not on adventurous side I will suggest to return to Leh and take a trip from there to Pangong Tso.
Regards
dheeraj Sharma
Dheeraj,
Is it safe to travel by road from Srinagar to Leh for a gp. of 14-16 people (all are bet. age group of 50-60 yrs. need your suggetion.
Hello Mrs. Kanchan,
It is completely safe to Travel. Just be on highway itself and do not plan to take any inner route or off routes from the Srinagar – Leh highway.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
First of all I would like to thank you for running this awesome blog and helping others with precious insights (even the smallest nitty gritties are mentioned here)
I am planning a solo trip for Leh Ladakh starting May 22 – May 29, 2013. My itenary is as follows
22-May – Delhi – Leh via flight
23-May - Leh Local Sightseeing
24-May – Leh – Hemis Monastery – Pangong Tso Lake
25-May – Pangong Tso – Man – Merak – Chusul – Tsaga LA – Loma – Nyoma – Mahe – Sumdo – Tso Moriri
26-May – Tso Moriri – Tso Kar – Debring – Leh
27-May – Leh – Khardung – Sumur – Panamik – Diskit
28-May – Diskit – Hundar – Turtuk – Diskit – Khandung – Leh
29-May – Leh – Delhi via flight
My Questions
a. What is your take on the entire itenary from a feasibility perspective at that time of the year? My departure and arrival are fixed so can’t change that
b. Is this a good time as far as weather and tourist rush is concerned
c. Would you suggest hiring a car or bike for this trip considering that I would be alone on the trip
d. What would be the approx travel time and distances for each day? I am getting confusing distances in different posts
Thanks,
Rahul
Hello Rahul,
1. First of all, make the Nubra Valley trip before Pangong Tso and Tso Moriri as it will help you more with acclimatization and successful execution of the trip. And other reasons too like while coming back from Tso Moriri there is no pass, so in case of snow you will not be stuck.
2. Time is good to travel.
3. If you can hire a taxi, it will be much much better. If you can ride then do ride for couple of days like second day or trip to Nubra Valley.
4. Don’t go by the distances, refer this link Most Common Itinerary for Leh – Ladakh and there is an approx travel time mentioned in this post.
Finally, you might not get the permit for Pangong Tso to Tso Moriri route. So, do Day trip to Pangong Tso and then next two days a trip to Tso Moriri.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
I read through a lot of comments and suggestions on this page and really think you’re doing a fab job for those like me wanting to visit Leh-Ladakh.
I plan to visit the region (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) along with my wife – both in our early 30′s around 19/20 April and stay there for 7-8 days, with a return on 28 April. We will be flying in to Leh airport from Delhi.
1) Can you please let me know if it is ok to travel on those dates?
2) What would be the ideal itinerary?
3) What would be good accommodation places to live in and tentative rates – we’re not on a budget, but don’t want to go overboard either?
4) I understand that the winter will still be on … so we would need woolens right?
5) I assume there will be no snowfall during this time … will we be able to get clear views?
Please give any other suggestions or tips that you think would be helpful.
Thanks!
Also, if you can elaborate on ILPs in a summarized fashion for the itinerary you recommend, that would be very helpful as well.
Just mention Pangong Tso, Nubra Valley and Tso Moriri on your inner line permits. For details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here
Hello Srinivasan,
1. It should be OK to Travel but will be a bit cold up there and most likely no accommodations will be there at Tso Moriri and Pangong Tso. Plus food options outside Leh would be limited too. I did it from 22nd April to 2nd May last year.
2. For 7 – 8 days, you can follow an itinerary suggested at the link here
3. For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
4 + 5. You will need heavy woolens, it will be quite cold up there and most likely snows as well. Check my Ladakh travelogue for pictures from last year April end. It starts from the link here
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
dear dheeraj,
is it possible to go to tso moriri from pangong tso? whats the travelling time.
is it possible to travel from tso moriri till pang / sarchu on my return trip from leh to manali?
Hello rajeev,
1. Yes, it is possible but would be hectic drive and also will depend upon if you get the permits ahead of Man – Merak Villages which generally are not issued in season time. Better stick to traditional route if you are traveling first time there and enjoy the beauty at ease.
2. From Tso Moriri you can exit towards Manali – Leh Highway via Sumdo – Tso Kar – Debring (Manali – Leh Highway starts) – Pang – Sarchu. Can be done in one day but do carry spare fuel in order to do almost 550+ KMs without fuel pump.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
dear dheeraj whats the disatance from diskit to pangong tso through wari la route & the probable driving time.
Rajeev, use the link: Fuel Availability In Leh – Ladakh | Ladakh Self Drive Tips which enlist some of the common long routes in Ladakh along with the approximate distances that you will be covering on them without any fuel (petrol/diesel) pump.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
Wonderful reading through your website – I am using a lot of information to plan a trip to the roof top.. with plenty of inputs.. We are riding our own RE’s and below is the plan; our plan is to cover Zanskar, Nubra and Spiti and we have 24 days. Now, we can push another 2-3 days if required, but we def’ly want to do this in late june/early july – below is the plan.
Flight to Delhi
Delhi to Amritsar
Halt at Amritsar / Visit Wagah border
Amritsar – Srinagar
Halt at Srinagar
Srinagar – Drass – Kargil
Kargil (local / permits to Zanskar)
Kargil – Padum
Padum + local
Padum – Kargil
Kargil – Leh
Leh (permits / local)
Leh – Khardung La – Hundar
Hundar – Agam – Shyok – Pangong / Else (Hundar K-Top- Leh)
Pangong – Leh / Else (Leh-Chang La Pangong)
Leh local ELSE (Pangong – Chang La – Leh)
Leh – Rest/Buffer day, check bikes
Leh – Pang
Pang – Keylong
Keylong – Kaza
Kaza – Reckong Peo
Reckong Peo – Shimla
Shimla – Delhi
Delhi – (buffer day) Pack the bikes to blore/ return flight
Hello KL,
Well, here are my inputs for your itinerary:
1. You are missing on Tso Moriri?? Include that, you will not regret later.
2. Your else part itinerary looks more apt to me. May be do Pangong tso as day trip from Leh and include Tso Moriri in your itinerary with else part options.
3. Instead of Pang, go to Sarchu which has better stay options
4. Skip Spiti because you aren’t doing any thing there rather just increasing the distance and traversing the long route. Either add those 2 – 3 days to do Spiti Sightseeing else from Keylong go to Chandratal, spend night there. Next day come back from Chandratal to Manali and finally go to Delhi.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj, Thanks for the prmopt response.
What route do you suggest if we need to include Chandratal & kibber?
Keylong – Losar; and what route to get back to Manali; can we skip Rohtang?
Hello KL,
For Chandratal and Kibber, you can do like
Keylong – Chandratal
Chandratal – Kunzum Pass – Losar – Kibber – Losar
Losar – Kunzum Pass – Rohtang Pass – Manali
If you are coming towards Manali from Losar then you cannot skip rohtang Pass
Hi Dheeraj,
In that case, we might do Keylong – Kaza, spend a day in Kaza; then goto Reckong Peo and then to Shimla to skip Rohtang.
Also is Agam – Shyok – Durbuk route doable? that saves a day to Pangong.
Thanks,
Kumar
Hello KL,
You can do that but be ready for some back to back long days and you will be missing the Chandratal as well. Regarding Shyok Village route, try to check when you are there in Nubra with ITBP guys or local taxi guys if that route is open or not. Generally, it remains open in early season but as soon as the snow starts to melt or rains starts to pour in, the landslides closes that route.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi,
Your Schedule looks Great.
Below are my Views,
1. Nubra to Pong you got 2 routes Shoyk and Wari-la. You may consider Warila as backup route if shyok is not working for you (instead of K-top & Leh)!. I did this in aug12 in my RE.
2. You might also consider Pong-Upshi-Pang-Sarchu. This is doable in a day even if you leave pong around 10.30 Am. (Note – you get IOL Fuel station in Upshi, Next in Tandi towards leh-Manali route). This route avoids Leh (120 KMS), if you wish.
All the Best and If you need more info you can call me at 9886454200.
G.Shivasankar
Bangalroe
Dear Dheeraj,
I am mighty impressed with your blogs and admire your dedication to pursue this passion. Having recently acquired my XUV500, It is my passion to drive from Bangalore to Ladakh. I am in the preliminary stages of planning. we are 4 adults & 2 teenagers.Which would be the safest month Between May to September. I have gathered reasonable info from your website. I would like to know whether we would require Snowchains for the XUV @ some icy stretches. If so any contacts where to buy or rent them. Thanks in advance and i would be delighted to hear from you and regularly keep in touch.
DR. SATISH PADMANABHAN. BANGALORE
Hello Dr. Satish,
Well, you will not require Snow Chains anywhere unless you plan to go very late in the season and very early in the season and even then rare chance I can see. Best month to travel for me is September second half when colors are beautiful as they can get and June mid to July mid when you can see snow.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Can you also provide contact details of camps @ Sarchu where i will have to stay on my way to Manali from Leh
Milind, check the article List of Accommodation Options on Manali Leh Highway for details on stay options at Manali Leh Highway
we 4 people go to leh at last of Augest..we decide to start from manali and end at jammu(via road).how many days will be perfect for us to travel(comfortbly) this trip.we wnt to stay at pengon one night and also want to go Tso Moriri. Please kindly guide us about this matter.
Guess, we already have discussed it over blog’s Facebook Page
Hi, Dheeraj, UR doing a grt job man. Well i have been fm Srinagar to Leh to Manali by road in July 2012 with friends in a pvt car. Now this June i have planned to visit the same place but with my wife n kids, so would like to know about some good places to stay @ srinagar and taxi hiring from jammu to srinagar.
Milind, why aren’t you flying directly to Srinagar? There (at Srinagar) would be many options available at Srinagar taxi stand else contact Firoz (09469190694) or Kazim (09419801538). Firoz is Kazim’s son and they might remember me if you wanna take the reference.
Thanks a lot Dheeraj. Last time i stayed at Kargil was in our pvt tent but this time i need an accomodation, can you suggest a decent hotel/contacts.
Hello Dheeraj, Do you run / own a biker group? I mean, if you do so, I would like to know any programs / biking you are planning this year in Himalayan region. In fact depending on my official commitments, I would like to join you.
Sorry Vikrant, I do not run any bike group, rather I do not ride at all. Most I drive only
…
Hi Dheeraj,
You are doing a wonderful job with your blog…. Kudos to u…
I have decided to make my trip in September instead of June based on what I read here.
We are about 3-4 couples with 4 kids between us in in the age group of 4-19 yrs. All of us love driving and r
Keen to self drive Srinagar – leh in good SUVs, preferably the Fortuner types.
We are planning a 10 day trip broken up into 2 days each for driving there and back.
Is it easy/ safe to rent these from Srinagar and how much will they cost for 10 days? Do advise as to which would be a preferred vehicle and where we could rent these from.
Thanks,
Abhishek
Abhishek, well I do not think that you will get high end SUVs on hire in Leh – Ladakh and above all you will not get any car for self drive for Leh – Ladakh from Srinagar nor from Manali. Even if you hire them, you can only get Innova, Xylo, Scorpio, Safari (if possible) and others. Not above than these MUVs. For the leh – ladakh taxi union rate list 2012-13 including the contacts of some reliable taxi drivers within Leh – Ladakh, check the link here. You can get about 10-15% of discount by directly getting in touch with drivers and of course, talking in person rather on phone always help in bargaining more.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
hi dheeraj ji i am rupesh taunk from raipur chhattisgarh , i am arrange a tour to leh in month of may18 2013. & we r approx 20 to 25 member.i am newly for leh & no idea about leh. this is a budget tour. 1) so first you tell me which vehicle i hire & where from delhi or jammu. 2)how much approximate cost per persom
needed. 3) hotels in srinagar, kargil, leh , nubra, pangong, sarchu,& manali. 4) from where i get permissiom. 5) & most importane… your suggestion, where i faces problems & there solutions. thanks
6) in may 30 leh manali road open or not. cos my route is jammu, srinagar, kargil, leh, sarchu, manali , delhi
It might be open or might not be open. Depends upon the hurdles that BRO might face when snow clearance operation begins in March. Generally, Leh to Manali road gets open by first week of June.
Hello Rupesh,
1. Better, travel to Jammu by train and then take 4 taxis or tempo traveller or mini bus there for Srinagar. At Srinagar change the taxis or tempo traveller or mini bus which can drop you at Leh. Once, in Leh you will again need to change the taxis/tempo traveller/mini bus to do all sightseeing and drop back to Delhi or Manali (if road opens) or back to Jammu.
2. For doubts related to budget for Leh – Ladakh trip, I am sure the link below will help you alot for getting an idea of overall budget:
How to calculate cost or budget for Leh – Ladakh trip
Still, in case you have any doubt, kindly let me know.
3. For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
4. For details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here
How many days are you planning the trip?
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
Its been quite some time I am following your blogs. I appreciate your effort to help so many travelers.
I am planning to ride to Leh all alone. Now questions for you are:
1. Is it safe to ride alone to Leh?
2. Please make an efficient itinerary for 14 nights/ 15 days . Note- Starting point Jammu to Srinagar, Srinagar to Leh- Manali
3. How can I parcel or courier my bike from Manali to Bangalore?
I will be awaiting for your reply.
Cheers,
Rana
Hello Rana,
Thanks alot. Regarding your queries:
1. Yes, it is quite safe to ride there and alot of people do ride solo to Ladakh. On the way to Ladakh, you will find alot of people alike you and you should be able to join them too to make it a group ride easily.
2. You can check a very balanced and most common itinerary for Leh – Ladakh followed by many travelers including me at the link here for 14-15 days: Most Common Itinerary for Leh – Ladakh.
3. Better reach Delhi and then transport you bike from Train or may be even from Ambala/Chandigarh as well.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you have any queries or doubts.
Hi Rana,
Last Aug I did Delhi-srinagar-Leh-warila- Manali-Delhi 15 days trip all alone in my RE. It is safe, however on remote (few) stretches follow some one. I shifted my bike by train from Bangalore to Delhi (3-4 days prior start from delhi)and same way back to Bangalore. There are little bit of hassle/pain in transporting Bike both ways, as i got experienced in 2011 & 2012. The Pain is worth, when you successfully complete the trip and you’ll feel high
. Few friends advised me to not to parcel/courier by road transport, as the damage to bike might be high, thus i never tried, plus it is more expensive than train and Train is comparatively reliable, quick and safe. Most bike original documents required entire trip.
You are welcome to call me at 9886454200.
G.Shivasankar
Bangalore
Hi Dheeraj,
We are the group of 4 bachelors planning to visit leh and ladakh in last 10 days of April. Bye any chance can we reach leh by road in between 20-25april.
Regads,
Aniket
Aniket, it will be difficult that Srinagar – Leh Highway would be open at that time. Last year it opened on 29th April and previous year in May but stabilized in June. So, it is tentative date of opening but you never know. This time snow stock is huge and I will say May first week would be tough even. But, stay connected for frequent updates on the route.
Hi, Dheeraj.
We, a bunch of 10 students, about 21 yrs old, are planning to visit Ladakh, this May-end. The time-line of the trip is pretty tight, unfortunately: We plan to start at Hyderabad via train on 20th, reach Srinagar on 22nd afternoon via Delhi and Jammu. We thought of spending a day at Srinagar and reach Leh by 25th evening. 4 days are dedicated to Leh-Ladakh(There is enough stuff for 4 days as per your blog). Start on 30th and reach Srinagar by 31st, and try to reach Delhi by 1st night or so, with a few adjustments.
An alternate plan was to travel by Leh-Manali highway, but as per a senior who has been to Leh earlier, Leh-Manali trip takes 2-3 days and Late-May period will take more time due to heavy snowfall. So, reaching Delhi via Manali is ruled out.
The bottom line of the situation is that we need to get back to Delhi on 1st June.
While all this is fine, is 25th-29th May good time to visit Leh? Again as per the senior, Ladakh will have heavy snow at this time and we will be at the mercy of nature during this period, probably having to forgo visiting a few places, due to poor road conditions because of snowfall/landslide etc
Having said so, our budget per head is 17-18k with an upper cap of 20k, of which 4k is consumed only in travel to and fro, Hyderabad to Srinagar(we could save 1k if we travelled by sleeper class for return journey). We can’t afford a flight.
An entirely alternate plan is to forget Leh, spend 2-3 days in the Kashmir valley(upto 25th), visit Manali via Jammu, Dharamsala(probably stay there for a day- 27th). Then we could spend a couple of days in Manali(upto 30th), and then get back to Delhi.
Is our limited budget and the weather conditions in Leh an issue of concern? If it is a risky proposition, then we may consider the Manali plan. Barring couple of us, none have been to kashmir valley or Manali etc. We will have to adjust with Valley/ Manali itself and forget Leh.
Where will snow be available in this valley-Manali trip? Is our budget sufficient for such a trip?. It would be nice if you suggest more places in this route.
Dheeraj,
Another query. Comment on the route to Spiti Valley, Chandratal region from Manali, during Late May(27th types). How to travel in the same and the quality of roads.
Your blog seems a bible for tourists in these regions. You are doing an awesome service. Thanks.
Thanks alot Rahul. Well, brother, Chandratal will not be possible in May. Road will not be closed that early for Chandratal.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
From your experience, will the Manali- Chandratal road be accessible in case we visited around 7-9th June(shifting our plans by 10 days)?
Rahul, it might or might not be open in that case as well. Firstly, BRO opens Rohtang Pass + Manali – Leh Highway and then they try to open road towards Kunzum Pass from Gramphu. So, chances for it being open are 50:50 only.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Dheeraj,
We left out Ladakh from our plans and will be visiting Jammu(vaishnodevi),Srinagar-Kashmir valley, Manali-rohtang and will be done with all this till 28th may. I need suggestions for places to visit around Manali/shimla for 2 days(29,30)- we have temple, valleys, some snowy place in the trip and it would be nice if you suggest places that add another dimension. Awaiting your reply.
Rahul, if possible can you try for Spiti Valley + Kinnaur valley? Spiti Valley is almost like a little Ladakh and you will love going there and plus will give you chance of adventure too. Kashmir would be madly crowded owing to vacations here up in North for schools and all. You will not regret for choosing Spiti Valley over Ladakh as only few can say which one is better
So, is Spiti valley accessible from Manali via Road?
You said Chandratal will be difficult to reach from Manali, so I was doubtful about Spiti valley(both are along same route if one starts at Manali).
Final doubt: Can we manage this new trip within the budget(17-18k with upper cap of 20k, per head)? It would be nice if you can send a link for accommodation.
Thanks Dheeraj.
Rahul, yes the roads from Manali will not be open but road from Shimla that is Hindustan Tibet Highway remain open all round year
… Chandratal is ahead of Kunzum Pass, you might be lucky if Kunzum Pass is cleared you might be able to give a shot but would be difficult for Chandratal. I am going there in April for some frozen Spiti captures with some guy, I will suggest you the updated accommodations as well as updated road conditions once I am back if that suits you. And in your budget this trip can be made. What you can do is as follows:
22nd | Reach Shimla at noon and enjoy the walks at Mall road, lakkar bazaar etc.
23rd | Shimla – Narkanda – Sarahan
24th | Shimla – Sangla/Chitkul
25th | Sangla/Chitkul – Tabo/Kaza
26th | Kaza – Ki, Kibber, Langza, Kaumik
27th | Kaza – Losar – Kunzum Pass – Losar
28th | Losar – Tabo – Kalpa
29th | Kalpa – Narkanda
30th | Narkanda – Chail – Delhi
Dheeraj,
Thanks for the spiti valley plan. But, your 7 day plan is too long for us, given that 3 days in the JK valley is also in our plans.
So, can we cover Shimla to Manali via Spiti valley- Losar route, in 3 days, with quick speed and ensuring decent sightseeing. This will only happen if Losar-Manali is open and from your experience, will it be open during: 1. 23-24th May OR 2. 27-28th May period.
If the Losar-Manali road will not open at all during these periods, I am afraid that Spiti Valley needs to be removed from our tour.
Please suggest quickly on this, because we are undecided on how to approach our JK-valley + Manali tour- whether to start with Shimla-Spitivalley-Manali or go directly to Jammu.
Waiting for your reply.
Rahul, then better stick to Kashmir only. Drop off Spiti Valley. Go directly to Jammu or Srinagar. You have just 9 days and general plan is below for Kashmir, so if you do so even Manali doesnot look like that it can be done. With Kashmir do only Dharamshala because Manali will take 2 – 3 days to reach from Srinagar.
Day 1 | Jammu – Srinagar
Day 2 | Srinagar
Day 3 | Srinagar – Pahalgam
Day 4 | Pahalgam – Srinagar
Day 5 | Srinagar – Gulmarg – Srinagar
Day 6 | Srinagar – Sonamarg – Srinagar
Now, you have 3 days so either spend them one night each at Gulmarg and Sonamarg or cut off days destinations from Kashmir which is not a wise thing to do IMOH if you are visiting Kashmir.
Regards
Dheeraj
Rahul, May end is quite fine for visiting Leh – Ladakh. Roads inside Ladakh are kept open all round the year and they are not closed. It is the routes to Leh Ladakh that is Manali to Leh and Srinagar to Leh that gets closed. In 4 days, you can do following:
Day 1 | Leh Local Sightseeing + Inner Line Permits
– To know the about the places to visit check the link: Travel Guide for Local Sightseeing of Leh Town in Ladakh
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here
– Overnight at Leh
Day 2 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 3 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
Day 4 | Leh – Pangong Tso Lake – Leh
– Day trip to Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Leh
It should be mangeable in the above budget provided you plan properly and stay in economic hotels. For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
I am furnishing the arrival and departure dates of my flight bookings to facilitate the above mentioned package starting from Vaishnodevi.
Arrival at Jammu from Delhi on 30/4/2013 at 10:10 AM by flight .
Departure from Leh to Delhi on 15/5/2013 at 10:20 AM
Please make an efficient itinerary for 14nights/ 15 days . Note- Jammu to Srinagar, Srinagar to Leh will be travelled by car only. Please let us know what arrangements we need to make. Total number of guests travelling is 2 adults and 2 children of age 9 and 6. Please furnish the itinerary and recommend a good travel agent for the same.
Regards,
Uday Dave
Sorry Uday, I do not suggest any travel agents.
i would opt for my own travel arrangements if u can provide me an itinerary covering all the locations. I would be extremely grateful to you. Awaiting your expert advice.
Hi Uday,
I am suggesting you below itinerary which is quite comfortable to travel and relaxing as well. However, I will suggest you to either plan the trip in the second half of May may be or in June for two reasons:
1. Roads might have just opened from Srinagar to Leh or may not have opened at all. Chances at 50:50
2. At Pangong Tso and Tso Moriri, very likely the accommodation might not have setup. Since, you are with family then staying at home stays may not be feasible option to you. Even in that case if you want to visit these places, then better stay at Tangste for Pangong Tso and Chumathang for Tso Moriri a day before or after visiting these lakes.
Here is the itinerary for 13 – 14 for ladakh:
Day 1 | Jammu / Patnitop – Srinagar
– Enjoy walk around Dal lake and may be Shikara ride as well
– If you have time then check out, floating market, Shalimar Garden.
– Overnight at Srinagar
Day 2 | Srinagar
– Enjoy rest day in Srinagar
Day 3 | Srinagar – Sonamarg – Zozi La – Drass – Kargil
– Enjoy the vistas enroute
– Have late drunch meal at Drass is you are a vegetarian as sometimes it gets difficult to find veg. food at Kargil
– Overnight at Kargil
Day 4 | Kargil – Lamayuru – Leh
– Cover Mulbekh Maitrey, Lamayuru Moanstery, Lunar Landscapes
– On the way you can also see Gurudwara Pather Sahib, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh Local Sightseeing + Inner Line Permits
– To know the about the places to visit check the link: Travel Guide for Local Sightseeing of Leh Town in Ladakh
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here
– Overnight at Leh
Day 6 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 7 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
Day 8 | Leh – Hemis Monastery – Pangong Tso Lake
– Cover either of Hemis, Thicksey and Shey on the go towards Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Pangong Tso (Spangmik or Lukung)
Day 9 | Pangong Tso Lake – Thicksey Monastery – Shey Palace – Leh
– Cover either of Hemis, Thicksey and Shey on return to Leh
– Overnight at Leh
Day 10 | Rest day at Leh to enjoy local culture and some shopping OR Monastery tour OR you can do tour to Sham Valley
– Monastery tour may include Hemis, Thicksey, Stakna and Shey monasteries. They come on the route of Pangong Tso but as you will be doing day trip, it will be a bit hectic to include them on that day only.
– Sham Valley include Alchi, Likir, Basgo Palace, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu, , Gurudwara Pather Sahib
– Overnight at Leh
Day 11 | Leh – Tso Moriri via Chumathang
– Cover Karzok Monastery
– Overnight at Karzok or Tso Moriri
Day 12 | Tso Moriri – Tso Kar – Debring (Manali – Leh Highway starts) – Taglang La – Upshi – Leh
– Come back via Tso Kar and Manali – Leh Highway to Leh
– Overnight at Leh
Day 13 + Day 14 | Rest day or Enjoy any of these days at Nubra Valley as extra day and visit Turtuk. Do not forget to write Turtuk on Permit Form
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Also, you will not need any Travel agent for planning trip to ladakh if you can read through the following links and plan it on your own:
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
For the leh – ladakh taxi union rate list 2012-13 including the contacts of some reliable taxi drivers within Leh – Ladakh, check the link here. You can get about 10-15% of discount by directly getting in touch with drivers and of course, talking in person rather on phone always help in bargaining more.
For the list of good restaurants in Leh – Ladakh or eateries or food joints where food is enjoyed by many travellers including me, you can check the link here: List of Good Restaurants in Leh – Ladakh | Restaurant Reviews
This would help you save good amount of money.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hey Dheeraj thanks a lot for your valuable information. Will definitely take your expert advice in travelling to these places.
Great Uday, best wishes for your trip brother… I feel you will be able to make it without any travel agent.
hay dheeraj can u help me to book good and economic hotel in srinagar.
Sorry hardik, less idea for stay at Srinagar. I stayed at a house boat there in off season for Rs 2500 for 4 of us.
Dheeraj, I have been hopping on your blog on and off and amuses me with your dedication, love, passion about travel, especially the Himalayas.
I am keenly considering about 7-8 days break , preferably in Himalayas during second week of July-13. Which places would you recommend most to visit during this season ? I have already visited Leh-Nubra-Diskit-Alchi-Likir; last year. You may suggest places for family kind of outing (ok with good tents/ camps also)or bike riding group also.
Lastly, which bike rider groups would you recommend if I have to join during this season (without family) ?
Regards, thanks in advance for your time.
Try the Spiti Valley route. Shimla to Spiti valley (Hindustan Tibet Road). Referred as the World’s toughest road and the Raide-the-Himalaya route. Within the valley, the Kaza-Demul-Comic-Hikkim-Langza-Kaza circuit road is not all traveled by any biker gang. This is most popular trekking route, but very few people know that there is also a motorable road here. All above 4500 mtrs travel and the most amazing one going through meadows and inter-mountain plateau. This road existed for since twenty years or so, but only recently the road was revived for tourism and the small blockade was removed and made motorable. But it lost its significance as other alternatives came till then.
Wally, I really second what Ravindra have to say!! Try Spiti Valley. Let me know if you need further info. for the same. You can exit to Manali after starting from Shimla via Spiti Valley and also doing Chandratal (will say a must visit thing) in between. Keep looking in the Travel Guide space, I will be publishing loads of info. on Spiti Valley in coming April, May and June months.
Hi Dheeraj.
Is there anyway I can speak to you regarding a venture I think you might be interested in?
Can I have your email ID please?
Thanks
Hi Rahul,
Just sent you a mail with my contact. Feel free to call me.
Regards
Dheeraj
Can we stay at Kargil & Uleytokpo for atleast 1 neight Each? Is there any reasonable accomadation? It will Good for us – If you give details to me.
Yes, you can stay there. At Uley, you have camps but I do not have their contact and at Kargil, we stayed at greenland hotel. It was nice place to stay as compared to other costly ones.
Can you suggest a stay around Nubra Valley with 35 to 40 rooms? As we r a group of 98 Pax Travelling to Leh Ladakh in June 1st week.
Hello Mrs. Anagha,
AFAIK, you might not get such a big hotel in Nubra Valley. You will need to book couple or may be three,four for the same. Even the best of the hotel, Sten Del in Deskit do not have so many rooms. Same might be applicable for camps as well. They might have around 25 camps around at max though not sure about them.
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
Regards
Dheeraj sharma
Anagha, I stayed at Eco-Tirith Camp in Nubra valley last year. I have no hesitation in recommendation that place. Mind blowing place, amazing service, food, nice staff, great place
Hi Dheeraj
The information you have here is so much better than the travel agents that I am dealing with (its just so frustrating!)
I am from Bangalore and would like to spend 8 days in the state. I’m travelling with my husband and 2 year old son, so nothing too adventurous. We love nature walks and of course, great scenery and although we’re tourists ourselves, would like to stay away from the crowds especially in the summer (eg. Gushaini).
Do give me some tips on where to go and how to go about the state (car rental?) from Delhi airport
Hello Monica,
Well, if you like to stay away for most of the time from crowd and have about 8 days then better try the Kinnaur Valley. Not sure which month you are talking about. If beyond March, then Kinnaur Valley will be fine else would be cold. Kinnaur Valley has places like Sarahan, Kalpa, Sangla and Chitkul which can be explored in these 8 days along with Shimla, Narkanda, Chail on the way and back from Kinnaur. So, will be kind of complete package for you include less touristy to touristy places in Himachal Pradesh.
If it is before March then either try Rohru, Karapather – Pabbar Valley in Himachal Pradesh OR Nainital – Chaukori – Kasauni circuit including Patal Bhuwneshwar in Uttarakhand.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
dear deeraj iam planning a three week trip from my place kannur in gods own country to ladakh with my wife, 2kids and 2 pals in my bolero storm. please plan me a 10 day itinery of ladakh. would like to return via manali.
Hi Rajeev,
Firstly, I will suggest you that please plan it in other direction as going via Srinagar – Leh Highway will be much much easier on your body and help you acclimatize to the high altitude of Manali – Leh Highway. Also, it allows you to enjoy the beauty of Manali – Leh by splitting the journey almost evenly in two days which is very difficult in the other direction. Thirdly, it will allow you to fit Tso Moriri lake into the itinerary in better way. You can read more reasons on the link here
You can check a very balanced and most common itinerary for Leh – Ladakh followed by many travelers including me at the link here for 14-15 days: Most Common Itinerary for Leh – Ladakh.
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
dear dheeraj thanks for the reply.please enlighten me -
1) whats the minimum amount of time needed for a tour of suru & zanskar. is it doable in 2 days?
2) will it be very cold during the first and second week of june? ( we people in the south aren’t accustomed to very cold climates )
Hi Rajeev,
1. Well, at least 4 – 5 days is required for Kargil – Rangdum – Penzi La – Padum – Padum Local Sightseeing and then back via same route to explore Zanskar and Suru Valley at ease. Otherwise, if you are OK with decision of traveling full day about 10 Hrs then you can do Kargil to Padum and Padum to Kargil in two days and one day for local sightseeing around Padum. So, that makes at least 3 days of hectic journey but doable. If you skip local sightseeing then yes 2 days for getting to Padum and coming back from Kargil is you what looking at.
2. Certainly be cold but not that much. During day time, you might also feel pleasant as well. But, considering you from South, go prepared with heavy woolens for sure.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hello Dheeraj,
Need your help. I am having tough time locating a car rental company providing SUV for Self Drive in Srinagar – Leh line and further Leh.
Can you provide few company details who actually provide such service?
Regards,
Amit
Amit, most of the car rental companies do not provide Self Drive SUVs for Ladakh. There were couple of them like Hertz who used to provide earlier but not anymore, I think. It might be better to ask for Jeep Safaris where the Travel Agencies (local ones) might be able to allow you to self drive.
Thanks Dheeraj, I do need an expert’s help from you on the itinerary, which I am planning for my family friends.
From Shmila-Narkanda-Sarahan-Sangla valley Chitkul-Peo/Kalpa(not so keen but for the Splendid view of Shivling/Kinnar Kailash
view)-Gue-Tabo-Dhankar-kaza-Demul-Comic- angza-(ki-Gette plantations for highest motorable road)-kaza(back)-Chandrataal-Manali.
I need help on days(which place on what day) and hotel suggestions, night stays etc.
Hello Ravindra,
Okies, here is the plan I can suggest you for the same.
Day 1 | Delhi/Chandigarh – Shimla
– Plenty of stays there
Day 2 | Shimla – Sarahan
– Bhimkali Temple Resort
Day 3 | Sarahan – Sangla/Chitkul
– May be Mount Kailash at Sangla
Day 4 | Sangla/Chitkul – Kalpa
– Kinner Villa my favorite at Kalpa
Day 5 | Kalpa – Nako – Nako Lake – Geyu Mummy – Tabo
– Monastery complex or try some decent homestay
Day 6 | Tabo – Dhankar – Dhankar Lake – Lallung
– Homestay
Day 7 | Lallung – Demul – Pin Valley
– Either get PWD rest house or stay at some homestay/guest house at Mud Village. One famous is Tara GH
Day 7 | Pin Valley – Kaza Local Sightseeing
– Ki, Kibber, Gette, Tashigang in the second half of the day
– Sakya abode or snow leapord are two good options at Kaza apart from PWD Guest houses
Day 8 | Kaza Local Sightseeing (Hikkim, Koumik) – Losar
– Hikkim, Kaumik, Langza circuit and reach Losar in the evening
– Nomad’s cottage, ask Sahil (owner) to DoW blog discount. He is a friend of mine.
Day 9 | Losar – Chandratal/Losar
– Camps if put up there by the local or come back to Losar
Day 10 | Chandratal – Manali
– Many options, my fav. is Johnsons
Day 11 | Manali – Delhi
I hope this helps. Please let me know for any doubts or queries.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Thanks once again Dheeraj, I would also like to know:
1. How do compare HPDTC hotels with others? The booking seems easy online for them and sounds reliable. I had friends and relatives on the way, so I never tired these hotels.
2. If we hire Tata Sumo from Shimla, what will be the probable rate? per Km or per day plus night charges for the driver during May-June 2013?
3. I personally will traveling on Dzire as my dates travel are different, do u think it is wise to use Swift Dzire for Kaza-Manali route via kunzum la?
regards
Ravindra
Hi Ravindra,
1. HPTDC Hotels are fine at most of the places comparing others available on this route.
2. Not sure about now but yeah couple of years back it used to be Rs 2200/2600 per day including everything depending upon the MUV you hire.
3. Hmmm, for this one you might have experienced some conditions like it before. You will certainly face trouble after Losar towards Kunzum La and down almost upto Battal with sharp stones ready to puncture the car. If possible and if you are frequent then carry a spare stepny with you, making it 2 and a puncture repair kit. Apart from that cross the water crossing easy knowing the path to follow. Then, about 20 odd KMs eaither side of Rohtang would be in real mess, so drive carefully there.
Some worthy tips of self drive to read and equally applicable to this circuit: 7 Useful Tips for a Self Drive to Leh – Ladakh
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Your Delhi-Spiti night drive was crazy and adventurous. I wonder how u travel with Dzire on
these routes, especially the Losar to Rohtang track. Did u never got any problem with the
low ground clearance (170 mm) of ur car?
I had one suggestion to the fellow travelers to Spiti: One should also visit Demul
village(road goes via lidang village, couple of kms before lingti, when one is coming form
Kaza-left side ridge. It is not only very beautiful but there are also definite chances that
u will able to cite herds of wild Blue Sheeps (Bharal). If u travel in May and October, u
will be able meet migratory sheperds (Dogpas) camping enroute to Demul and herds of Yaks.
Moreover, near Demul(Phalangri top), u will climb with an hours trek and see the
breathtaking view of Spiti(both sides) and Pin valleys – junction of Spiti and Pin rivers. U
can actually count 21 clearly villages which are clearly visible along with their green
agriculture fields. And the
snow peaks – so many of them (famous one like Gya and Shilla etc), which are hidden from
your site when u r in the valley. Demul also has homestays which will be very cheaper when u
book on the spot. The locals get only Rs 400 a day form the tour operators which includes
traditional food and bed. There is a beautiful motorable road form Demul to Komic Monastrey
(through sheperd camping grounds and lush green meadows) and Lagza, which remains never
heard and unexplored. I think, u have missed these Shangrilla like experience.
And for the advice, which I seek from u:
An itinerary from Shmila(evening)-Nakanda(night stay)-Sarahan-Sanla valley
Chitkul-Peo/Kalpa(not so keen but for the Splendid view of Shivling/Kinnar Kailash
view)-Gue-Tabo-Dhankar-kaza-Demul-Comic-langza-(ki-Gette plantations for highest motorable
road)-kaza(back)-Chandrataal-Manali.
I need help on days(which place on what day) and hotel suggestions, night stays etc. The
time of travel is May-end and 8-10 people. Most probably on Dzire(got from u).
I hope to see u soon.
Best wishes
Hi Dheeraj,
I was really amazed to see how wonderfully u interact with people’s queries and that too
patiently. Great job on the website and really a meaningful and helpful blog, which haven’t
seen so far for Spiti/ladhak – Cold Desert.
I learned about ur web page from my friend, to whom I had advised on Spiti valley trip. I
had been visiting Spiti since 1998 and almost every year. Once again great job and best wishes.
Hello Dr Ravindra,
Thank you so much and these words mean alot from a avid Traveler like you. I am still to write down everything I have in rough for Spiti Valley, Kinnaur Valley, Zanskar Valley and Suru Valley. Haven’t written much about them but that is the next target, to write all I know about these places in this year
…
On the other comment, two times I have been to Spiti Valley and in neither of the cases I had enough time to explore the Spiti Valley. Just badly tried to plan for 9 – 10 days one time and had to return from Puh due to landslide which blocked the highway for about 4 days. I could not visit the Demul – Koumik – Hikkim circuits due to that… May be this year I might re-plan to cover all these places.
Also, are you planning the above circuit and want me to suggest some accommodation option or anything else? I am not sure about the query in the other comment, apolozies for the same. Can you please re phrase your query again for the other comment?
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Great Blog Dheeraj,
Very well detailed and published.
I have done this route through “Raid the Himalaya” ..one of the rally that happens in October organized by HMS and Maruti Suzuki.
We are again planning a trip manali – leh- srinagar.. in coming june.
But we also wanted to do a leg with motorcycles in between.. Can you suggest us the right leg and some operators we can get in touch with.
Regards,
Tushar
Hello Tushar,
Great to know that brother., must have been a superb experience. Thanks for liking the blog too and very sorry for such delayed reply. There were some issues in the website server for past few days. I will suggest to do that in reverse order (Srinagar – Leh – Manali) if possible for you which will help you with acclimatization. I see you will not be taking your own bikes rather doing it on rented bikes.
The adventure is riding the Manali – Leh Highway but then you might need to find various operators at Fort Road, Leh who are ready to give you the bike for one way journey that is from Leh to Manali and yes same will be true for Manali to Leh as well. Such operators does exist but does charge a bit high for the transit cost of their bikes. I see you have interest towards adventure so best thing would be to do ride on Manali – Leh Highway else on a bit less adventure side you can do Ladakh tour on bike return the bike in Leh and then return to Manali.
you can rent bikes in Leh and Fort Road in Leh is full of such shops that rent bikes. Depending upon the condition, model, make and tourist rush you can get bikes starting from Rs 600 to Rs 1200. Rather than booking over phone, it is much better to visit the Fort road, check 4-5 shops over there and get a good deal after checking the bike conditions
Some tips and operators who rent bikes in Manali can be found at the link here: How to Hire or Rent a Bike or Motorcycle in Manali
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hello Dheeraj!
You have a simply superb blog here! Whenever free, I visit your blog to read up on all your trips and experiences. Extremely entertaining, full of tips, updates and important info. Thanks for this endeavour. May you be “devilish” always
Thank you so much!!! Warm appreciations like this always keep the fuel in and help me remain excited with same enthusiasm level as always… It does help me realize the actual success of the blogs and writeups by knowing it proved such worthy for someone who reads and love them
Thank you again for providing the feedback
Cheers!!
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj, excellent site, very good work. Compliments. What do you say of our trip in June 2013? N=night halt – Delhi – Chail (N) – Sarahan (N) – Sangla (2N)- Tabo (N)- Kaza (N) -Losar (N) – Keylong (N) – Sarchu plains (N) – Leh (2N) – Numbra valley (N) – Pangong lake (N) – Leh (N) – Kargil (N) – Srinagar (2N) – Patni top (N) – Kathua – Dalhousie (4N) – Amritsar (2N) – Delhi
Thanks alot Saurabh. I will say take out 2 days for Tso Moriri, a must visit since you have so many days in hand. May be drop Dalhousie if it suits in favor of Tso Moriri, you will not regret. And the remaining 2 days of Dalhousie you must dedicate to Spiti Valley, may be Kaza (to do some Pin Valley, Dhankar, Hikkim, kaumik circuits) and of course Chandratal should be must do.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
I am planning to visit Leh in Summer of 2013. I will be travelling with my wife, son (8 years) & parents (65 yrs.) I am planning to follow Shrinagar, Leh, Manali route. I stay in Mumbai & planning to start my trip on 25th May by train. Can you help me with following:
1. Will this trip be sutiable for my son & parents, considering their age?
2. Plan is to enter via Shrinagar around 27th May & retun via Manali around 6th June. Can I be sure that road travel during this period will not be a problem?
3. What is more convenient? hiring vehicle from Delhi or Jammu or Shrinagar or Chandigarh?
Hi Yogesh,
1. It is fine to take the children of such age group because AMS do not matter with respect to age. It can happen to anyone of any age. The only issue with children is that they tend to exert the body considering it the same kind of place and this elevates the chances of getting struck with AMS. Secondly, they are not much expressive about their uneasy feelings, so it is parents who need to watch out and take care that the child is not suffering from uneasy feelings, headache or nausea and is behaving properly. With 5+ year child, I think he/she would be able to convey the uneasiness with little efforts. If you notice any such feeling or he/she tells you about such a felling then please do not ascend anywhere, either descend to lower altitude or stay at the same place to watch things overnight and if symptom increase then start descending immediately. Same is applicable for any adult as well. And yes, do keep the body adequately hydrated!!
2. Well, chances of Manali – Leh highway at that time are 50:50. Do have a plan B just in case you find Manali – Leh Highway still closed.
3. It is better to reach Srinagar by Air to save time and some energy. Then, hire a taxi to Kargil from Srinagar and fix a taxi of Ladakh number in Kargil (get help from drivers in the article of taxi rates linked below) which will allow you to do sightseeing on Srinagar – Leh Highway as well (Srinagar taxi will not be allowed) and keep that Ladakh number taxi with you for rest of the trip.
For the current leh – ladakh taxi union rate list 2012-13 including the contacts of some reliable taxi drivers within Leh – Ladakh, check the link here. You can get about 10-15% of discount by directly getting in touch with drivers and of course, talking in person rather on phone always help in bargaining more.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hello,
I am from Estonia,your blog is great. Can you give any advice for planning horseback riding trip to Ladakh. We are interestid in Nomads and Buddist Culture and wildlife. We do not want to use tour operators offering treks because they want organise all your transport and accomodation, which isn’t what we want. Have you any contacts of horse hirers or any other local contact who can help us to plan it? We are planning to visit Ladakh during august 2013 with 6-8 persons. Thanks and regards.
Thanks alot Lilian, I am really sorry but I do not have such contacts. But, yes, you can surely try contacting few tour operators wo can offer you just that service and rest you can plan yourself. You can create the itinerary for yourself and present to them that you want to follow it. Also, you can get the transport yourself and tell them that you will use that only or may be take it as it comes on the way if you like to be more flexible.
In any case, you will need some guide or person, who will be able to communicate to nomads as well as you guys i.e. someone who understands English. That you will not get talking directly to someone who rides a horse on rent or a porter. Also, one more thing, you will need a Travel Agent at the very least for taking the inner line permits because foreigners can only get the permits, first – they have a group of at least 4 and second they are coming through a authorized Travel agent.
I am sure you can get some Travel agent who can provide you with such customized service where most of the things are managed at your end and he is acting as a mere support services agent.
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
For the current leh – ladakh taxi union rate list 2012-13 including the contacts of some reliable taxi drivers within Leh – Ladakh, check the link here. You can get about 10-15% of discount by directly getting in touch with drivers and of course, talking in person rather on phone always help in bargaining more.
For the list of good restaurants in Leh – Ladakh or eateries or food joints where food is enjoyed by many travellers including me, you can check the link here: List of Good Restaurants in Leh – Ladakh | Restaurant Reviews
I hope this helps. Please let me know in case you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
Our group is planning 15 days bike ride in leh-ladakh in next year May 2013, I hope roads are open after 15th May, can you please confirm the same?
Thanks in advance
Swapnil K.
One more question: we are shipping our bikes from pune to delhi, do you recommend any good mechanic for servicing RE thunderbird / classic as well as other bikes?
Swapnil, try to make the plans after first week of June for Manali – Leh else you might end up having closed roads. Usually the Manali – Leh Highway opens up in June first week, at least for the last few years.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Thanks for the info bro, as suggested we have re-planned our trip starting on June first week, also we are shipping our bikes though local transport that might take 3 to 4 days to reach Jammu,
Now the major issue with time and here we need your help, entire group only manage to take max 15 day off. So any how we have to come back to Pune by third week of June (17 or 18). Hence approx 4 days will be require for train traveling (Pune to Jammu and Manali to Pune) which again depend up on availability. And now am bit confused with itinerary planning how to manage maximum locations in available days (approx. 11 or 12). Can you please guide us for important locations which we have to visit during this trip?
Another major issue with hotel booking, instead of advance booking can we book rooms in runtime? Or can we carry our own tents along with us? I have overheard from few friends that personal tents stay is not allowed. Please guide us on those parts.
Thanks in advance.
Swapnil K.
Hello Swapnil,
You can check a very balanced and most common itinerary for Leh – Ladakh followed by many travelers including me at the link here for 14-15 days: Most Common Itinerary for Leh – Ladakh. Just exclude the rest days from it and do the Pangong Tso as one day trip and you will be able to manage it in the given duration you have with you.
Finding a place is not that difficult in Leh and your taxi will be able to help you through. Keep this list handy with you: A preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Dheeraj, Good to see your continuous dedication and love towards travel, adventure. I am planning about 8 days break in 2nd-3rd week of July. Could you let me know best 3 to 5 options that are less susceptible to monsoons during this period? I already have done Leh-Changla-Khardungla-Nubra-Alchi-Likir this year. thanks
Great to see for good work doing by helping everyone. Kudos for this.
I am planning 4 day short trip with wife on this year end. Would u suggest Tirthan velly during that time. (if not, what else we can plan ?) Will it be safe to travel in snow fall time. I am residing in NCR. what would be best way to travel.
Thanks in Adv.
Hi Pawan,
Well, keep in mind it will be cold up there, so go prepared with heavy woolens. You should use the Volvo HPTDC, I will say to be more comfortable. Depending upon the budget you can choose any of limited stays available in Tirthan Valley. Check the travel guide http://devilonwheels.com/index.php/travel-guide-delhi-to-tirthan-valley-himachal-pradesh/
It will be safe to Travel and mostly the road is kept open all round the year.
I hope this helps. Please let me know in case you have any query or doubt.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
I am really impressed with your work, would like to hook-up and discuss some stuff. Request your contact details.
regards,
Harish
Thanks alot Harish. Just sent a friend request to your Facebook profile. May be we can connect from there on
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
for a ladakhophile this is a great site wish u all the best.
my grouse is the taxis in ladakh wish one could do something. been there only twice one on shoestring budget the other i wondered whether the price i paid was justified courtsey antrek tours manali but still have a soft corner for ladakhis’ not withstanding the driver tsokar to srinagar a ladakhi
Hi Uttam,
Yes, the prices are too high but still better than what Kargil and Zanskar Union offers. I feel the life of the vehicle and struggle through it in theri vehicle may well be justified. After all it is a service we pay for. You eat at Dhabha, you pay for it accordingly, you eat in some high quality restaurant with fancy ambiance, the prices soar. Driving myself in these terrains, does require some skills and patience and courage, so tip the extra cost on the peace of mind you get one not having/destroying your own vehicle and two not worrying about the furious water crossings in front or skiddy snowy road
If you have contacted a Ladakhi, you are very much in good hands of innocence but if you have got in the hands of anyone else sending you in there, then you might be overcharged for sure
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj ! great blog i must say … its an achievement in itself that when u google ‘itenary for leh ladakh’ your blog comes up first !!
and we know the reason … the blog is amazing !
just one thing, i couldnt find any FAQ section … was planning to go to leh for the first time and wanted to know ‘the best time to visit leh’. i know its april to august but thats a vide range … and im sure you would get many questions repeatedly … would save loads of your time if it is possible to build an FAQ for a newbie …
Thanks a lot and keep blogging !
Shyam
Hey Shyam,
Thank you so much for the suggestion. Yeah, that FAQ one is WIP, wanted more types of query to come up so that I can create a whole set of comprhensive documents together and post it as one comeplete guide for everything in Leh – Ladakh. If God permits, will be up and published by next season in fine grained details
… Many of these things are already up there in Ladakh section of the blog as articles.
Coming back to your query
It is always nice to plan your journey in last 15 days of June or first 2-3 weeks of July when you can find ample of snow on roads and roads will be open by that time from both Srinagar as well as Manali side to Leh – Ladakh. However, please keep in mind that road conditions hardly improve on Manali – Leh road and remains almost quite challenging + adventurous all throughout the season. It improves slightly towards the end of season that is September or October first week but by that time snow is all gone and risk of road closure increases. So, you need to be prepared for all the adventure that Manali – Leh Highway offers a traveller in the month of June – July and situation worsens when monsoon comes in late July, August and early September now a days. So IMHO, overall whatever best window you will get so that you avoid monsoons, see ample of snow and roads are open for you will be like 15th June – 20th July window.
If you want to see beautiful colours of Ladakh then second half/late of September is THE best time to visit Leh – Ladakh when these colours are oozing and burning out vividly and of course, the road conditions does get better in late September type when rains reside the region completely. It is my favorite time to visit Leh – Ladakh region and yeah, tourists head count all dips a bit in late in the season.
You can check a very balanced and most common itinerary for Leh – Ladakh followed by many travelers including me at the link here for 14-15 days: Most Common Itinerary for Leh – Ladakh.
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
For the current leh – ladakh taxi union rate list 2012-13 including the contacts of some reliable taxi drivers within Leh – Ladakh, check the link here. You can get about 10-15% of discount by directly getting in touch with drivers and of course, talking in person rather on phone always help in bargaining more.
For the list of good restaurants in Leh – Ladakh or eateries or food joints where food is enjoyed by many travellers including me, you can check the link here: List of Good Restaurants in Leh – Ladakh | Restaurant Reviews
Check the list of things to carry for Leh – Ladakh or other trip including basic medical kit, clothing, must haves etc. at the link here: List of Things to Carry for Leh – Ladakh trip.
For details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you need any further details or have any queries.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
Sorry for commenting so late but just wanted to say thank you for providing so much information on your blog. I had a wonderful trip to Laddakh this September and got confidence to plan on my own because of sufficient details provided on your page. I realized my passion for travelling to different places around 2 years back and life has changed since then. Hope you meet you some day on our respective travel
Hello Makrand,
Thanks alot to you too as well for sharing your thoughts and feedback with me as well. Yeah, Travel changes you a lot in fact as one good friend of my says “Travel is actually a metamorphism for you”. Surely, brother stay tuned and we might get a chance to meet over once we Travel
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hello deeraj ji,
Iam from chennai,your blog is amazing,daily iam sitting in your site for planning to visit leh during june-2013 with 6-8 persons as two families.Ill avail LTC for this tour.My confusion is whether straight away go to leh by flight from delhi and finish my tour with leh,nubra and pangong.Or go to srinagar by flight and start for leh by taxi.Is it worth watching if i start from srinagar or shall i skip srinagar.Is it good to approach any travels for packages or shall i make it own.Kindly advice. THANKS AND REGARDS.
Hi Kizar,
I will suggest fly to Srinagar and then go by road to Leh as that will be much much easy on your body and will really help on acclimatization front.
Why do you need any travel agent if you have all the information present on this blog to make a successful trip to Ladakh? Of course, if you have any doubts regarding anything ranging from Taxi to Hotel to Route to Night Stay option etc., you can shoot an email to me or post comment here. Plus you will have more flexibility with planning yourself and no restriction to reach a place in time in order to save the amount given as advance to these travel agents… Above all, planning it yourself, will save you quite good amount of money, as all the information is present here
…
You can check a very balanced and most common itinerary for Leh – Ladakh followed by many travelers including me at the link here for 14-15 days: Most Common Itinerary for Leh – Ladakh.
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
For the current leh – ladakh taxi union rate list 2012-13 including the contacts of some reliable taxi drivers within Leh – Ladakh, check the link here. You can get about 10-15% of discount by directly getting in touch with drivers and of course, talking in person rather on phone always help in bargaining more.
For the list of good restaurants in Leh – Ladakh or eateries or food joints where food is enjoyed by many travellers including me, you can check the link here: List of Good Restaurants in Leh – Ladakh | Restaurant Reviews
Check the list of things to carry for Leh – Ladakh or other trip including basic medical kit, clothing, must haves etc. at the link here: List of Things to Carry for Leh – Ladakh trip.
For details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Deerajji thank you very much,if require ill contact you further…THANKS A LOT..
Sure, best wishes for your trip
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj, kudos on the website. I was planning on driving to Chitkul from Delhi via Shimla in December. Will the roads be open near Chitkul? I would really appreciate a response. Cheers.
Hello Pat,
Thanks a ton for liking the info. present on my blog. Chitkul might be closed by then but yeah you can plan the ride upto Kinnaur Valley. I will suggest go and visit Kalpa first and from Kalpa make a day trip to Sangla Valley and beyond after seeeing the weather conditions that very day. This will help you not get stuck in Sangla Valley in case of heavy snowfall.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
I want to visit Ladakh during December/ January. Is it aproachable? Are the tourist spots are aproachable? Are hotels available?
Hi Jayant,
Well, tourist spots remain pen all round the year but not much tourists and places to stay. You need to manage there with very basic facilities and extreme cold. Also, you will have to fly in and out of Leh as roads are closed. Hotels are available but to minimum extent only
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hey Jayant, While Leh is devoid of tourist during winters but the place is worth visiting when it is resting. Yes you don’t have the variety but you do have the basics. For me a winter ‘Leh’ is what I look forward too and do. Even this year I am in Leh from 27th – 31st Dec and incase u need any support/ assistance then feel free to contact me.
Thanks, Dheeraj Bhai. For your suggestion. I have contacted some of the guest houses suggested in your site.
Thanks again and wish you a happy diwali
Regards, Vivek
All the best Vivek for the trip and yeah, wishing you and your family a very very Happy Diwali!!
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Dear Dheeraj ji,
At the outset, I should really thank you for creating such type of Blog. Its amazing to read everything that happens around HP and J&K with such detail.
Its my long term wish to visit Manali and stay for 3 – 4 days. I am planning to visit Manali during February end (mostly after 20th Feb’13). Is it worthy to visit at that time or should I postpone? Kindly help me in this regard.
Hello Deepak,
It is totally worth buddy, do try out and you will surely enjoy the trip as at that time you will be able to see snow stock around the snow points of Gulaba/Marhi or Solang Valley whichever is open.
Manali Local sightseeing which includes Hadimba Temple, Manu Temple, Mall Road, Local Monastery, Vashisth Hot Water Springs (never found it interesting) etc, Snow Points are at either at Solang Valley or Marhi/Gulaba on the way to Rohtang Pass and do check out Naggar Castle (stay at Naggar and enjoy the place if possible).
Johnson's, Jimmy Johnson's, Manali Heights are some good options of stay in Manali. For cheap and economic options you can explore hotels around Manali – Naggar Road, Old Manali and Vashisht.
I hope that helps. Please let me know incase you need more details or have some queries or doubts.
If interested in more details on Manali including sightseeing places, accommodation options, food joints, etc you can go through the Manali travel guide available at the link here
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Thank you Dheeraj bhai.. Whether Rohtang pass will be open by Feb end? Can i go up to that?
Nopes Deepak, Rohtang Pass will be closed at that time of the year. Depending upon the snow on road you will be allowed upto Kothi/Nehru Kund OR Gulaba only. You may be able to enjoy snow at Solang Valley as well.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
really very informative website aapne banaya hai.
May 2013 ke liye mujhe 5 Days leh ke liye kuch itinerary bata sakte hai.
thanks, vivek
Hi Vivek,
Thanks alot. May mein roads nhn open hongi aur 5 din ki itnerary k liye fly hi karna hoga nhn to aapko kam se kam 10-11 din chahiye.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Thanks sir,
for quick reply. Sir, I wish to go Leh in May 2013. I will be in Leh from 8 to 12 May. Leaving 13 May from there. I wish to come there through flight. Is it the good season to visit Leh. My 12 Years daughter and my wife is with me for this tour. Kindly send me Hotel Tso Kar;s latest phone number as many of the travellers has preferred this hotel and it is in heart of city. Also wish to know, we are only 3 persons, can we share any taxi with other passengers in Leh for sight seeing. If possible kindly let me know the agencies doing so, if possible.
Thanks and regards,
Vivek
Hi Vivek,
For 5 days, you may like to follow something like belwo:
Day 1 | Delhi – Leh (By Flight)
– Checkin at Hotel. Many hotels provide free pick and drop from Airport. Ask while you book them.
– Take ample of rest as well as water or anything that keep your body hydrated enough. DO NOT OVER HYDRATE. Take ORS Soluted water or ORS – L tetra packs from home.
– Do not over exert your body at any cost. Avoid too much up-down on stairs or avoid it in entirety, if possible.
– After 5-6 Hrs of rest you can visit Leh Palace, Local Leh market, Shankar Gompa .
– If you feel exerted go back to Hotel, have dinner at Hotel and take rest. Avoid any exertion. Else continue and,
– Follow the sunset by stroll at Changspa road and have a nice dinner on varied cuisines offered in-around Changspa road.
– Go back to hotel for overnight stay at Leh.
Day 2 | Leh Local Sighseeing + Inner Line Permits
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here:
– Hire a taxi from Leh taxi stand or Hotel whichever suits you.
– Bargain hard with taxi driver. Book that single taxi for entire trip after explaining the complete plan.
– Take his inputs if you feel reasonable and if required modify the plan accordingly but should suits you best.
– Ask him to be with you guys starting first day itself, if required and charged reasonable else do it at your own.
– Again DO NOT over exert and take little steps and slow walks only.
– If feeling OK then do Local sightseeing include Namgyal Gompa, Leh Palace, Shanti Stupa, Shankar Gompa, Main Market, Hall of Fame, Spituk Gompa, Changspa Road Stroll in evening
– Do not use stairs at any of these places just to see them as it will exert your body much more.
– Overnight at Leh
Day 3 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 4 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh – Pangong Tso – Leh
– Do not plan to stay overnight at Pangong Tso as you will not be acclimatized and may fall sick. So, make a day trip only.
– Overnight at Leh
`
Day 6 | Fly out of Leh
Private taxis are very costly in Leh but you will be able to find the shared taxi without much fuss at all. There are lots of flyers which people put at cafes, dine-ins, restaurants, travel agent desks/shops/whiteboards wanting to share the taxis for different trips within Ladakh. Even travel agent organize such shared taxis trip as well but charge a little higher about Rs 200-300 more than it would ideally cost. So, in worst case you can always go back to them and book a seat for yourself. Gelling up with people in Ladakh is more or less easy because many people travel solo and look forward to meet new people and share cultural thoughts and values over the trip. No where else in the world you will find more smiling and helpful people as Ladakhis are :)
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
I hope this helps. Please let me know in case you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
mere scooter ke sath ekele srinagar se leh.aur leh se khardungla bapis leh fir leh se manali 29 jul.2010 me gya tha.
fir se may 2013 me jane ka programme kiya hai, koi bariya sujhao dena chahenge?
Hi Shankar,
bhai aap try kar sakte ho ye route Pangong Tso – Man – Merak – Chusul – Tsaga – Loma – Hanle – Loma – Nyoma – Mahe – Tso Moriri. But petrol bahut sara carry karna padega because pure route mein petrol nhn milega and considering scooter ka tank bhi chota hota hai to karna hi padega kisi bhi tarah. Otherwise, to sirf normal route hi kar sakte ho. Jaise Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso 2 day trip, Tso Moriri 2 day trip.
Regards
Dheeraj
Hi Dheeraj,
I am planning for Kashmir in Feb. Can you let me know will I find snow at that time?
If yes than which all places?
Can you suggest a itinerary for 6 days?
Thanks a ton for help.
Regards,
Ashish
Hello Ashish,
At that time of the year, you will be able to find snow for sure at Gulmarg. You an try this kashmir itinerary for 6 days:
Day 1 | Srinagar
– Take rest for the day. May be enjoy Shikara ride or stay in house boat itself.
Day 2 | Srinagar – Pahalgam
Day 3 | Pahalgam
– Just relax for the day and spend sometime around
– May be a visit to Chandanwari
Day 4 | Pahalgam – Gulmarg
– Explore ruins of Awantipura
– Enjoy vistas en-route
Day 5 | Gulmarg – Sonamarg
– Enjoy vistas enroute, especially between Tangmarg to Gulmarg
– Enjoy in snow at ski slopes snow points and may be check out Golf course, if you feel like
Day 6 | Sonamarg – Srinagar
Day 7 | Back Home
I hope this helps. Please let me know in case you need any further info.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
Is Kashmir valley ideal place to go after 10th November?
Please advise.
Rohit, definitely you will surely enjoy Kashmir at that time of the year. Just that whether snow will be present there or not, depends upon weather conditions and your luck at that time.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
hi dheeraj,
me and 5 friends are planning to drive from kerala to leh. of all the things that i have been reading up on , the one that worries me is AMS. i have read your comments on how to battle it,bit we are on a tight schedule and would like to get there and back as soon as possible but after a through sight seeing trip.. please advise
Hi Abraham,
How many days you have in hand?? AMS is not something to be neglected, I did a little mistake on my recent trip to Zanskar and had to take Oxygen to get recovered at Padum. It can go ugly. So, do go with a plan to combat it with sufficient time to acclimatize. This is what I will at least suggest.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
thank you for your prompt reply, we were thinking of 5 days leaving from chandighar, i hope it would be enough
Are you going to take road journey to Ladakh in 5 days ex. Chandigarh and also want to return in this duration? Secondly, when are you planning for this trip?
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi,
Five days – Chadi to Leh is doable in 2 &4 Wheeler.
Please mention, how you are planning to travel i.e. 4 wheeler or two wheeler. In either case, Generally the Manali-Leh route is officially closed after Mid October, generally reopen Mid May or June every year.
Dheeraj can advise you on this on Present/current status.
G.Shivasankar
Bangalroe
I never meet Dheeraj Sharma but I am sure he must be a good person, fantastic photographer & hopefully gr8 programmer.
I asked number of questions, on this site & always got satisfied within 24 hrs. There are number of people from all over country asking so many questions over site & everyone is replied nicely here.
Recently I came from Ladakh & my complete journey was planned as per information given over this site & suggestion from him. Best decision was to go in the month of September as suggested by him only. I got fantastic photographs & did SAFE solo bike ride of around 2600 km. He was big contributor in this success.
Blogs written over here are really awesome. Whenever I read them, feel like travelling in Ladakh. I am big fan of his writing work
I pray for healthy & long life of Dheeraj Sharma so that he should continue his rocking tours & share his travelogues with us. Also wish you grand success in all aspects of life ! Keep smiling
To Dheeraj sir – Sir if possible kabhi muze bhi apne sath le chalna Ladakh tour pe….
& Also if possible do communicate your email ID & phone number please.
Best Regards
Swapnil K, Nagpur
Thank you so much for such kind words brother!! Made my day that moment I read them though I am replying late as still not recovered from my health completely. But, definitely reading such lovely words was able to make good progress in recovering
…
Stay tuned to the blog and we will surely get a chance to meet and explore the wonderland of ladakh, may be new routes coming to open in Ladakh in few more years
…
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Dear Sharmaji
I am 52 years and my son (20 years) is planning a leh trip during 25th of May. Please advise me whether I can climb Leh. Most of the people are telling that oxygen level is less and it is very difficult. What are the first aid facility available on the way. Please advise. Tks lot Varadharajan
Hi Varadharajan ji,
Well, you can surely plan the trip but the adivce is that you ascend gradually, take ample of rest in initial days after reaching Leh and then carry on with the trip. There are lots of people whom I know through this blog venture on Ladakh trip in the same age group and even older. Yes, there is definitive low level of oxygen but the key is to ascend gradually. I will advice you make the trip in second or thrid week of June by which the roads will be open and you can make a road trip via Srinagar Leh Highway and then may be either fly out of Leh or come back via Manali – Leh Highway.
I will suggest you that please plan it in other direction as going via Srinagar – Leh Highway will be much much easier on your body and help you acclimatize to the high altitude of Manali – Leh Highway. Also, it allows you to enjoy the beauty of Manali – Leh by splitting the journey almost evenly in two days which is very difficult in the other direction. Thirdly, it will allow you to fit Tso Moriri lake into the itinerary in better way. You can read more reasons on the link here
You can check a very balanced and most common itinerary for Leh – Ladakh followed by many travelers including me at the link here for 14-15 days: Most Common Itinerary for Leh – Ladakh.
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
For the current leh – ladakh taxi union rate list 2012-13 including the contacts of some reliable taxi drivers within Leh – Ladakh, check the link here. You can get about 10-15% of discount by directly getting in touch with drivers and of course, talking in person rather on phone always help in bargaining more.
Check the list of things to carry for Leh – Ladakh or other trip including basic medical kit, clothing, must haves etc. at the link here: List of Things to Carry for Leh – Ladakh trip.
For details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here
I hope that helps. Please let me know incase you need more details or have some queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
I recently visited Leh, from 11 to 14 Sep. Your valuable advice was much more useful. Thanx.
Thanks allot Vineet, I am really glad that information present on my blog did help you have a fantastic time on your trip
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi,
I ve been reading your blog for some time now and quite interested in visiting ladakh asap. For now i have a trip planned to Manali during the last week of November. I understand that Rohtang Pass will be closed at this time, so i wanted to inquire about 2 things.
1. If rohtang pass is closed, does that mean one cannot even visit it with no intention of crossing over to Spiti? I mean till where are we permitted to go, and is it worth it?
2. when it is closed for bad weather conditions, does it mean only snow?
I would be happy to enjoy snow there, even if not allowed to reach rohtang
Hello Zia,
Thanks alot.
1. It depends if the BRO is allowing tourist upto there. Generally, closed means you can go only upto Marhi snow point or even below if it has snowed too much even at Marhi.
2. Yes, in winters bad weather means mostly snow at Rohtang Pass. I feel you will have plenty of snow to play with even at Marhi snow point at that time.
I hope this helps. Please let me know in case you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
I had a fantastic trip to Leh recently. I did trouble you by asking certain clarifications before travelling as I was worried about AMS and all things. But thank God, it was wonderful trip ! Now I plan to take up bike ride to Sangla. Have you travelled to that place ? If yes, could you share the experience ?
Hello Wally,
That is really nice to hear that you had an amazing Ladakh trip. Let me know what information do you need about Sangla. I had been there but could not make it due to landslide in between so returned to Kalpa that night.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj, I’m back to chewing your brains. My tentative itenary is as follows:
23rd Sept- Reach Leh by 09:50. Evening stroll to Shanti Stupa, Hall of Fame(if time permits),Leh Market.
24th- Day trip to Alchi-Basgo,Kali Mata Temple and Magnetic Hill. Night halt at Leh.
25th-Cab to Tso-Moriri. Possibly reach by lunch time. Night halt at possibly Tso-moriri Camp & Resort.
26th-Continue to Pangong Lake.Stay overnight at Pangong.
27th- Drive to Nubra via Shyok Village or Wari-La Pass (as you suggest). Diskit/Hunder. local sightseeing.
28th- Agian local sightseeing and then post lunch-drive back to Leh via Khardung La Pass. Night Halt at Leh.
29th early morning back to Delhi by flight.
Dear, i guess the itenary is cramped to enjoy much of Leh. But then i do not know if i could get a chance to frequent Leh again due to my workload. Pls comment. Thanks
Hello Mahesh,
You cannot do it buddy, first you will not get permits for direct route from Tso Moriri to Pangong Tso. Tso Moriri stay is not recommended at all on the very next night as well. Do it easy as below:
Day 3 | Leh – Nubra Valley (Hunder – Deskit)
Day 4 | Nubra Valley (Sumur – Panamik) – Leh
Day 5 | Day trip to Pangong Tso
Day 6 | Leh Local Sightseeing or Monastery Tour
Day 7 | Fly back
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
hi Dheeraj… remember me..? yah
i successively finished my 20 daye trip from Dhaka to Leh to Dhaka. it was wonderful.
thank you for your support
That is really nice to hear, Tinku. Do share the wonderful experience with us too buddy
Regards
Dheeraj
is there any way that i can post photos…??
Hi Dheeraj, Any chance of doing a Leh-Alchi-Nubra-Pangong-Tso Moriri-Leh trip by cab? Planning a trip on the 23rd this month
Yes Mahesh, you can surely do that trip by a cab but I am not sure if you are talking about shared cab or private hired taxi.
Regards
Dheeraj
Thanks dheeraj. Shall send a probable iteneray if its not much of a hassle for you to comment upon. Regards, mahesh
Sure Mahesh, please share the itinerary and I will be more than happy to comment upon.
Regards
Dheeraj
I’m arriving at Chandigarh on 22nd (evening) of this month. Already booked a cab and he will drop at Manali on next day(around 3AM). After a 6 hour rest I’ll continue my journey up to Jispa and next day for Leh. So my query is—Is it feasible?
Hi Sukanta,
The plan looks feasible!! The only concern I have is that you climbing Rohtang Pass without any night halt midst hills, so almost no acclimatization. If there is a traffic jam at Rohtang Pass or any other delay then it might cause trouble for you buddy!!
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
Been reading your blog for the last few days. We plan to drive from chandigarh to leh(could you suggest a self drive car rental firm reliable guy in chandigarh?). Can the distance be covered in 2 days? We both drive so we can take turns. Another thing is we are reaching/passing by manali on sunday, so how do we manage the pass for rohtang?
Hi Mahesh,
Chandigarh to Leh in 2 days is not possible buddy even if you drive whole nights, you will reach but high chaces of falling sick AMS. It is even not recommended to travel via Manali over 3 days as quite a few people fall sick due to AMS being such high altitude and less acclimatization. So, doing it nonstop would just be too much for your body. You need atleast 3 days for sure.
Also, I am not sure about any travel agency that give you car as self drive for Ladakh and even many big shots like Carzonrent/Hertz motor have also stopped giving cars for Ladakh, AFAIK.
Recently, a reader has posted on other thread the SDM office remains open all 7 days to issue permits for the Manali – Rohtang Pass road.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi,
In case if Rohtang is close on Jan 31st or Feb 1st 2013…then till which point can we travel? I feel we wud miss d best place if it’s closed next year… We have planned to go to Shimla> manali> dharmashal> dhalhousie. .. is it worth going to dharmashala and dhalhousie? Even the package is very costly…What wud u suggest?
Hi Priti,
Rohtang Pass will be closed at that time of the year. You will be allowed I guess upto Gulaba only and in case there will be too much snow in lower hills as well then you will only be allowed upto Kothi/Nehru Kund. How many days you have in hand? If it is less than 9-10 then only keep Shimla and Manali to enjoy them completely.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj
I’ve been reading your blog since past few days and I’d like to add that its a great source of information for first timers like us. Amazing details about accommodations, routes, distances etc maintained efficiently. It has tidbits of info here and there which are hard to find otherwise.
I’m planning to travel this Sunday, 9th of Sept, with my parents (68 and 59) my husband and my little boy (4.5 years old, yes that is true!!). We will have 2 cars, one a ford Endeavour and a Innova, 2 drivers and a helper.
Of course now I want you to approve of my itinerary, which goes as follows:-
9th Sept, leave Chandigarh and stay at Udhampur
10th and 11th at Srinagar
12th at Kargil
13th and 14th at Leh
15th at Pangong Tso
16th again Leh
17th Nubra Valley (as Pangong accommodation in tents etc is shutting down after 15th, that’s why doing Pangong first and then Nubra)
18th ?? (need to know where can we stay somewhere midway between Nubra to Manali)
19th Manali
20th back home
Kindly let me know whether I’ve distributed the days well or whether I’m being overambitious in travelling the entire region in 11 nights and 12 days? Also is it worth going to Nubra just for one night? I’m keen to do it but worried about the terrain/roads etc. I was also keen on Tso Moriri but due to less days, had to delete it from the plan.
Also would you know where all are there Army accommodations where we can look to crash in for the nights. It’ll be great if you can lemme know about these. We are looking at decent places to stay at. I’m in touch with the Camps etc but there are quite a few and its getting pretty confusing which to choose. Kargil stay is also beginning to confuse me.
Keep travelling and keep writing
Cheers
Hi Anisha,
As per the itinerary it looks like you are falling a day short in the schedule. Probably, what you can do is
1. Start for Nubra Valley on 15th and come back to Leh on 16th from Nubra Valley
2. Make a day trip to Pangong Tso on 17th.
3. Start for Manali on 18th and night halt at Sarchu.
4. On 19th reach Manali from Sarchu.
Doing Nubra Valley to Sarchu will not be possible otherwise as in your plan.
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
In Leh, I like Hotel Shaynam and Hotel Sia La for moderate budget. If you have higher budget then go with Lasermo or Omasila. In Nubra Valley, I prefer Hotel Sten Del in Deskit for family stay. May be you do not need any at Pangong Tso now but still in case, Martsemik camps being run by local are also nice to stay with along with camps of Ladakh or Pangong Tso Resort
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj
Thanx for such a valuable information….
I am a central govt employee and i am planning LTC for my family to Leh Laddakh I have already visited Srinagar and Manali This time I want to visit LeH-Laddakh. We are two families I am planning to visit in 23rd Oct to 27 oct 2012 I will be going by Air to Leh/Laddakh.Please Suggest good Hotels and places to visit in Leh Laddakh Is there more walkings as i am planning to go wid my mother and father and a 3 yr children. And the cost per person So there will be total of Six persons. Mode of public as well as private transport.
Hello Mohit,
I guess you have 5 days for the same and mind you that it will be very cold in Ladakh especially at high mountain passes and high altitude lakes. For an itinerary for 5-6 days check below:
Day 1 | Delhi – Leh (By Flight)
– Checkin at Hotel. Many hotels provide free pick and drop from Airport. Ask while you book them.
– Take ample of rest as well as water or anything that keep your body hydrated enough. DO NOT OVER HYDRATE. Take ORS Soluted water or ORS – L tetra packs from home.
– Do not over exert your body at any cost. Avoid too much up-down on stairs or avoid it in entirety, if possible.
– After 5-6 Hrs of rest you can visit Leh Palace, Local Leh market, Shankar Gompa .
– If you feel exerted go back to Hotel, have dinner at Hotel and take rest. Avoid any exertion. Else continue and,
– Follow the sunset by stroll at Changspa road and have a nice dinner on varied cuisines offered in-around Changspa road.
– Go back to hotel for overnight stay at Leh.
Day 2 | Leh Local Sighseeing + Inner Line Permits
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here:
– Hire a taxi from Leh taxi stand or Hotel whichever suits you.
– Bargain hard with taxi driver. Book that single taxi for entire trip after explaining the complete plan.
– Take his inputs if you feel reasonable and if required modify the plan accordingly but should suits you best.
– Ask him to be with you guys starting first day itself, if required and charged reasonable else do it at your own.
– Again DO NOT over exert and take little steps and slow walks only.
– If feeling OK then do Local sightseeing include Namgyal Gompa, Leh Palace, Shanti Stupa, Shankar Gompa, Main Market, Hall of Fame, Spituk Gompa, Changspa Road Stroll in evening
– Do not use stairs at any of these places just to see them as it will exert your body much more.
– Overnight at Leh
Day 3 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 4 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh – Pangong Tso – Leh
– Do not plan to stay overnight at Pangong Tso as you will not be acclimatized and may fall sick. So, make a day trip only.
– Overnight at Leh
Day 6 | Fly back
For more details check below:
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
For the current leh – ladakh taxi union rate list 2012-13 including the contacts of some reliable taxi drivers within Leh – Ladakh, check the link here. You can get about 10-15% of discount by directly getting in touch with drivers and of course, talking in person rather on phone always help in bargaining more.
Check the list of things to carry for Leh – Ladakh or other trip including basic medical kit, clothing, must haves etc. at the link here: List of Things to Carry for Leh – Ladakh trip.
For doubts related to budget for Leh – Ladakh trip, I am sure the link below will help you alot for getting an idea of overall budget:
How to calculate cost or budget for Leh – Ladakh trip
Still, in case you have any doubt, kindly let me know.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
Simply Awesome!!! your blog is awesome once again,wanted to join your community and have a great travel experience in future.
Thanks,
Ankit
Hi Ankit,
Thanks alot and most welcome buddy anytime. Are you at FB page of blog? I do post trips over there so that others interested can join in for my non-family tours. Recently, we are traveling to Zanskar Valley from 22nd Sept. to 1st Oct. If interested then do let me know. Also, you can join in any other such trips in future as well, so stay connected with FB page. If you wanna share some experiences via Travelogueson the blog, then do let me know too
Regards
Dheeraj
Hi Dheeraj,
Absolutely love your blog. Your travelling history is an inspiration! I wish I could see half of what you have.
I wanted to ask you for a little favour.
I am looking to go someplace up North but not Manali or Shimla but a little higher and sparsely populated. The only problem is December is the only month I have in hand and most of your recommendations have been against travelling in this very month!
I’ll be backpacking and we’re a bunch of students so I don’t think expensive itineraries are an option. Could you please suggest something up North?
I was extremely keen on Spiti, Kaza or Rohtang but I understand that it’s impossible in December. Is there anything interested and cut off that we can go to? On a student’s budget if you will.
Thanks a lot!
Aditi Padiyar
Hello Aditi,
Thank you so much. December as you know is extremely cold up in North and further in Himalayas. I am not sure how many day you have in hand but still will suggest couple of options
1. Pabbar Valley (Rohru, Karapather)
2. Tirthan Valley (Various hikes are there in Great Himalayan National Park)
3. Barot
4. Chopta/Deoria Tal (Uttarakhand)
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Dear Dheeraj,
Its a long dream Manali – Leh – Jammu by bicycle. but that was years back, now I am 52, i know age is against me. Loved your blog on Laddakh.
I, now wish to make this trip on a bike; ofcourse, following your advise Srinagar – Leh – Manali.
I live 85 Kms south of Hyderabad work as a teacher presently.
Financial constrains, yet, I wish to do this trip next year. I know careful prior planning is important. I seek advice; any smallest advice is welcome.
I had been to Himalayas previously, not on bike however. Last summer i did char-dham. I intend to use a 100 cc bike. I weigh about 55 kgs. Payload wouldnt be more than 75 kgs I suppose.
Looking forward for your reply. Please reply leisurely whenever you have time.
Best regards,
Khagesh Sharma
Hi Mr Khagesh,
Firstly, salute to your Spirit to travel to Ladakh at such time of life, an inspiration for myself when I read such accounts or experiences here. One of the frequent reader and passionate Traveler, Shiva, has replied your comment over email as below:
Now, if you are looking forward to plan then you can check a very balanced and most common itinerary for Leh – Ladakh followed by many travelers including me at the link here for 14-15 days: Most Common Itinerary for Leh – Ladakh.
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
Check the list of things to carry for Leh – Ladakh or other trip including basic medical kit, clothing, must haves etc. at the link here: List of Things to Carry for Leh – Ladakh trip.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
Kudos to you man!!!..you are doing a wonderful job and this is just to help you understand that there are lots of people that read your post and its just awesome! God Bless u n ur family..
..Keep high..Keep Riding..
Thanks alot Akhil, these wishes are more than welcome at this time for my family, having a rough ride now a days so not been able to keep up the pace of replies and comments as well as articles. But, I am sure would be back in a while with same frequency.
Thanks again buddy for wishes and staying tuned with the articles and journeys the blog has on offer!!
Regards,
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
This is outstanding work you’ve managed to do here.. and consistently so. The very best I’ve seen in my brief but focussed approach whilst planning my trip to Ladakh.
I’d like to call you asap. A query or two that some one like you could shed light on.
Pl share cell no. on my mail id.
Planning my trip to coincide with the festival.
Thanks Karan, I have emailed you my contact info.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Mr. Dheeraj – Nice blog and superb pictures! If I may ask you, did you use a polarizer during your nature/landscape shots in Ladakh?
Thanks
SG
PS: Apologise if I posted in the wrong topic…
Hi SG,
You can ask anything anywhere on this blog as I myself has not organized it so well
… Thanks for liking the pictures and yes, I use mostly CPL on my Kit Lens. I have a Hoya Pro 1D CPL but not for the Zoom Lens which just has a UV filter.
Regards
Dheeraj
please have some comments on losar – kaza-tabo-rekongpeo-shimla route also.
Let me know what info. you need on the route. I will be more than happy to provide all that for you
Regards
Dheeraj sharma
My plan for the route keylong to shimla is :1.Start early for Losar , visit chandertaal.Stay at losar.
2. Go to keebar then to kaza. (stay at Kaza)
3. Go to dhankar then stay at Tabo.
4. Reach Nako and stay.
5. Rekong peo, Bhima kali temple reach sarahan and stay.
6.Reach Shimla.
Is it ok ? Please suggest some places en route which is worth visiting. And any other info important.
Hello Panna,
The plan is fine just apart from the initial day overnight stay at Losar which might trouble you with a bit of AMS I feel. You can visit Ki – Kibber – Gette – Tashigang around Kaza and if you have time also Hikkim – Kaumik – Langza but both these circuits will take half a day at least. On the way to Nako you can take detour and visit Gey Mummy. I will suggest that instead of staying overnight at Nako which you would reach may be in 3-3.5 Hrs from Tabo better carry forward and stay either at Chitkul or Kalpa which are also better places to spend a day or two.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi dheeraj,
Thanks for all the tips they are very useful. Can u help me on ways to visit siachen. Is it at all reachable, if yes then routes and permits ?
Hi Panna,
You need special permissions from either MHA or may be someone high up in Army to get the permissions to visit Siachen base camp. ahead of Siachen Base Camp, you will not be allowed.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Give me Leh-Laddakha Trip Details if i travel by Air to Leh/Laddakh. All details of transport accomadation I am planning between 23-27 Oct. We are six persons one child of age 3yrs. Cost per person. Places to visit. Please provide all the details.It will be a good Favor………….
Hiii Dheeraj..
good eve.. i want to make a trip to leh ladakh in the mid of september with my wife .
1. is it safe to drive by my car (ford ikon) diesel in the valley areas and all passes ?
2. is my car is good enough as
compare to SUVs according to the road conditions as much as i know that the ground clearence should be good for a pleasure journey in terrains and off road???
plss advice
thanks
harrsh
Hi Harsh,
By that time, if monsoon resides away then yes, you will definitely be able to find some good conditions for roads.For hatchback/sedan taking on Manali – Leh Highway and Ladakh, I will say:
You will indeed face few tough challenges on the route. The hatchback/sedan will increase the level of every challenge even further, sedan is the worst candidate. My suggestion will be to go via Srinagar route as it will help you feel comfortable with the driving, provide more acclimatization and then once you have done the local Leh-Ladakh, then come back via Manali side. Secondly, since you are in hatch/sedan, then you need to drive with extra care as well. There will be some sections on the Manali – Leh highway in which you might need to sacrifice some scratches on the underbelly. Just make sure you do not bump the engine sump (know it before where it is placed in your car). You need to protect it all around the trip. Thirdly, whenever in doubt do not rush into the section rather park aside and feel the section with your foot, see how other vehicles are crossing it and make a planned route in your mind to cross that section. At the very least do carry Mseal, quick fix, funnel, jerry cans and towing rope with you all the time.
Also, I will strongly suggest that you go through and read my series on Ladakh Self Drive tips at the links below:
7 Useful Tips for a Self Drive to Leh – Ladakh, Routes and Road Conditions In Leh – Ladakh | Ladakh Self Drive Tips, Fuel Availability In Leh – Ladakh | Ladakh Self Drive Tips
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Harrsh,
I am also viviting ladakh at the same time. If u drop u r plans of self driving and plan for taxi hiring, then I can share. It will be of more help to me.
Panna
sorry!…one correction..we would be reaching Leh at 7 am on 14-Sep.
HI Dheeraj,
Sub :- Hotel + Local Transport + Important Places to Visit (moderate budget options )
Me & my wife are planning to visit Ladakh and will be reaching there at 7 pm by flight on 14-Sep, our total trip is planned for approximately 12 days including travel , I hv booked the flight bck to Bangalore from Chandigarh on 25-Sep 12 noon.
I was very impressed by your website and thought will get some specific tips from you..
We only want to cover beautiful/good places rather than just going to all the places, we will be hiring a taxi bck to Chandigarh via Manali/Rohtang pass.
Can we cover Kargil or Kashmir in this trip ?
Wat all Places we should target?
Wat shud be the sequence?
Which Hotels are preferable?
wat shud be the local mode of transport and for Manali?
Thanku
Regards
Hi Shaju,
You want to it all
… Thanks for liking content and you have about 11 days with you for Leh to Chandigarh and in between sightseeing places. In such a case, you can follow a plan like below:
Day 1 | Delhi – Leh (By Flight)
– Checkin at Hotel. Many hotels provide free pick and drop from Airport. Ask while you book them.
– Take ample of rest as well as water or anything that keep your body hydrated enough. DO NOT OVER HYDRATE. Take ORS Soluted water or ORS – L tetra packs from home.
– Do not over exert your body at any cost. Avoid too much up-down on stairs or avoid it in entirety, if possible.
– After 5-6 Hrs of rest you can visit Leh Palace, Local Leh market, Shankar Gompa .
– If you feel exerted go back to Hotel, have dinner at Hotel and take rest. Avoid any exertion. Else continue and,
– Follow the sunset by stroll at Changspa road and have a nice dinner on varied cuisines offered in-around Changspa road.
– Go back to hotel for overnight stay at Leh.
Day 2 | Leh Local Sighseeing + Inner Line Permits
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here
– Hire a taxi from Leh taxi stand or Hotel whichever suits you.
– Bargain hard with taxi driver. Book that single taxi for entire trip after explaining the complete plan.
– Take his inputs if you feel reasonable and if required modify the plan accordingly but should suits you best.
– Ask him to be with you guys starting first day itself, if required and charged reasonable else do it at your own.
– Again DO NOT over exert and take little steps and slow walks only.
– If feeling OK then do Local sightseeing include Namgyal Gompa, Leh Palace, Shanti Stupa, Shankar Gompa, Main Market, Hall of Fame, Spituk Gompa, Changspa Road Stroll in evening
– Do not use stairs at any of these places just to see them as it will exert your body much more.
– Overnight at Leh
Day 3 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 4 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh – Hemis Monastery – Pangong Tso Lake
– Cover either of Hemis, Thicksey and Shey on the go towards Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Pangong Tso (Spangmik or Lukung)
Day 6 | Pangong Tso Lake – Thicksey Monastery – Shey Palace – Leh
– Cover either of Hemis, Thicksey and Shey on return to Leh
– Overnight at Leh
Day 7 | Rest day at Leh to enjoy local culture and some shopping OR You can do tour to Sham Valley
– Sham Valley include Alchi, Likir, Basgo Palace, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu, Gurudwara Pather Sahib
– Overnight at Leh
Day 8 | Leh – Tso Moriri via Chumathang
– Cover Karzok Monastery
– Overnight at Karzok or Tso Moriri
Day 9 | Tso Moriri – Tso Kar – Debring (Manali – Leh Highway starts) – Moore Plains – Pang / Sarchu
– Try to start early in the day so that you reach Sarchu where the accommodation options are better than Pang
– Overnight at Sarchu or Pang
Day 10 | Pang / Sarchu – Baralacha La – Keylong – Rohtang Pass – Manali
– On the way cover Suraj Tal, Deepak Tal which are on the road sides only
– Overnight at Manali
Day 11 | Manali – Chandigarh
– Return
I will advice, make a day trip to Pangong Tso and keep that as buffer day for Manali – Leh Highway incase of road closure due to landslides or snowfall or perhaps you want to enjoy more.
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh (Leh, Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso, Tso Moriri) including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
For the current leh – ladakh taxi union rate list 2012-13 including the contacts of some reliable taxi drivers within Leh – Ladakh, check the link here. You can get about 10-15% of discount by directly getting in touch with drivers and of course, talking in person rather on phone always help in bargaining more.
Check the list of things to carry for Leh – Ladakh or other trip including basic medical kit, clothing, must haves etc. at the link here: List of Things to Carry for Leh – Ladakh trip.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
as a Bangladeshi can we go to Nubra Valley and one day trip to Pangong Tso?
hi Tinku,
This one I am not 100% sure but all likely at least for Pangong Tso and Nubra Valley, I think you can. But, I feel I read somewhere some exceptions around permits for Bangaldeshi citizens
Regards
Dheeraj
Hi Dheeraj,
First of all i would like to thank you for writing this blog. I found this blog very useful and wanted to speak with you over the phone. Me and one of my friend is planning to go leh and leaving tomorrow evening. We are going by our own car from delhi. This will be around a six day tour and i need your help in planning our trip as we have decided to go on this tour today itself. Please if you can share your number with me on my email anujsaxena_7@yahoo.co.in and guide us in organising this trip.
May be its late brother, but I have forwarded the number to your email.
Regards
Dheeraj
Hi Dheeraj million thankz to you.I really appreciate your suggestion.As suggested by you i will do just ki-kibber and will drop visiting hikkim-kaumik-langza on 05-sep-2012.So i suppose he is the full and final itinerary as suggested by you and will follow the same only:
01-sep-2012:Reach delhi @ 10:10am and catch a bus to manali @ 04:45pm.
02-sep-2012:Reach manali @ 7:45am.book hotel & manali sight seeing.
03-sep-2012: Leaving manali @ 3:30am heading towards Rohtang pass –>Kunzum pass–>reaching Kaza by evening.Night stay in kaza.
04-sep-2012:Kaza-dhankar-dhankar lake-tabo.Night stay in tabo.
05-sep-2012:Tabo-kaza-ki-kibber-chandratal.Night stay in chandratal.
06-sep-2012:@ 5am leaving chandratal to manali.Night stay in manali.
07-sep-2012:Relax day in manali.@ 5:50pm catching Bus to delhi.
08-sep-2012:Reach delhi @ 8:50am.catch Rajdhani train @ 2:00pm to guwahati.
I THINK EVERY THING IS OK.OR ANY CHANGE U WOULD SUGGEST BRO??
FEW QUERIES:::::::>>
1.Where to stay in “KAZA” @ night on 03-sep-2012?? Any contact details?? How much will be the charge???
2.Where to stay in “TABO” @ night on 04-sep-2012?? Any contact details?? How much will be the charge???
3.Where to stay in “CHANDRATAAL” @ night on 05-sep-2012?? Any contact details?? How much will be the charge???
4.Based upon the above itinerary what you think bro how much would the hired car will charge us from 03-sep-2012 to 06-sep-2012??? Any contact details???
Thanks in advance,
Regards
Hrishikesh.
hi Hrishikesh,
Looks fine now, just that you can always do it as day trip to Tabo and Dhankar from Kaza. Sleeping at Tabo on second day (3rd sept) would make much more sense due to acclimatization. Otherwise, make day trip to Dhankar – Tabo as day trip.
1. In Kaza try, Snow Lion or Sakya’s Abode (both run by same person) or PWD Rest house if you get bookings for it.
2. In Tabo, again monastery guest house is OK to stay else come back and stay at Kaza only.
3. For Chandratal, booking in advance would be much more expensive then getting one tent on the spot.
4. Should be somewhere 20-22K I will assume.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Thank you so much dheeraj !! Bro der few more things i would like to know:
1)u said in kaza,Snow Lion or Sakya’s Abode or PWD Rest house is der to stay.do u have any contact details i mean phn number and contact person name?
2)u said in tabo,monastery guest house is der.so do we need to book it or simply we can directly go der?? ny contact details?
3)in chandratal where we can get d tents?
Hi Hrishikesh,
1. Contact Tsring or Michael for Sakya Abode- 01906222256 and Snow Lion- 09418208987/ 08988147013. Kaza Circuit House: Mr. Rajinder & here is his number +9418556356. You can also try Spiti Sarai – Ramesh Lotey can be reached : 09418439247.
2. Go there to Tabo directly and then see the bookings. Tabo do not have much great accommodation, so better make a day trip to Tabo and come back if you want decent acco. or if you comfrtable with average type acco. then go to Tabo to stay.
3. All the above guys will be able to help you get a tent in Chandratal else go directly and book else it will be very costly.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
hi dheeraj ! thank u soo much for the info.And sorry bro for late reply.i was bed ridden due to viral fever and gastritis.any way u know wat i have postponed my trip.thought instead of going in a time whn jst monsoon ended or still going;its better to visit hills in slight cold climate with the snow jst falling.any way thought informing u.and thanks a ton bro for all ur help.if i want any help will disturb u again.dnt mind
Sure buddy, take care of yourself
Regards
Dheeraj
my dear friend dheeraj,
thankx for your nice tour plan. but i’m so sorry… a already got the train tickets kolkata-delhi-kalka-simla
i want to start 19th august but waited for your reply. here my travel agent said, time is running out, i can’t get ticket if i still wait
at lust i take tickets for 22 august. i know i cant see everything in those days. but your initiatory is much better then me.
22/08—–Duronto at 6:40 pm
23/08—–Arrival Delhi at 11.00Am
dehli—Kalka at 9:40 pm
24/08—-Toy Train at 5:00 am to Shimla
Arrival Shimla at 10:00 am
—STAY SHimla—-
25/08—–Bus to Manali (9 hours)
26/08—–sightseeing Manali
27/08—-Starts for LEH
28/08—-LEH—stay
29/8—–LEH
30/8—–LEH
31/08—-LEH
1/09—-starts from Leh
02/09–BUS at 4.00pm at Delhi
03/09–Arrivel Delhi at 6:00am
Duronto at 08.05 pm Kolkata
04/09–Arrival kolkata at 12.25 pm
i don’t know that i can change the ticket or not
it’s a great apsoos
hi Tinku,
If possible change your tickets because it takes 2 days to reach Leh from Manali. Are you planning to undertake Cannoball run of 16+ Hrs from Manali to Leh and Leh to Manali? In you plan, you have three days Ladakh which you can use like 2 day trip to Nubra Valley and one day trip to Pangong Tso and back.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
This is Sneha here from mumbaii.Me and my husband ‘ve planned a twenty days tour to leh ladhak.. would really be thankful if you could guide us on the itenary whether all the best places are covered and in right order..or if you wanna suggest somethin diff and better..!! Thank u..!!:) Here it goes..Day 1 (12th August): Mumbai – Delhi
Start from Mumbai for Delhi
Day 2 (13th August): Reach Delhi
Reach Delhi
Day 3 (14th August): Reach Leh, Local Sight Seeing and ILP
Fly to Leh by early morning flight. Arrive at Leh. Do the formalities for Inner Line Pass. Do local sight
seeing if possible.
Day 4 (15th August): Leh – Khardungla – Diskit – Hunder – Turtuk
Start early morning from Leh for Khardungla, Diskit, see sand dunes in Hunder. Diskit has monasteries
with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari. About 5-6 Hrs
drive, depending upon the breaks you take in between and at Khardung La. Proceed to Turtuk. Night
stay at Turtuk. Check out Maha Guest House for night stay. Around 1500 per night with meals for a
couple.
Day 5 (16th August): Turutk local sight seeing – Hunder
Try to explore Pharol and Yul, mouth of ice caves, metal and stone craft etc in Turtuk. Proceed for
Hunder and night stay at Hunder.
Day 6 (17th August): Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs. Overnight at
Leh. About 7-9 Hrs drive, depending upon the breaks you take in between.
Day 7 (18th August): Leh – Lamayuru – Kargil
Cover Mulbekh Maitrey, Lamayuru Moanstery, Lunar Landscapes. On the way you can also see
Gurudwara Pather Sahib, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu. Overnight at Leh. About 9-10
Hrs drive, depending upon the breaks you take in between.
Day 8 (19th August): Kargil – Leh
Day 9 (20th August): Leh – Pangong Tso
Day 10 (21st August): Pangong Tso – Tso Moriri
Day 11 (22nd August): Tso Moriri – Keylong
Day 12 (23rd August): Keylong – Chandra taal lake
Day 13 (24th August): Chandratal lake – Kaza
Day 14 (25th August): Kaza – tabo
Day 15 (26th August): Tabo – Pine Valley
Day 16 (27th August): Pine Valley – Nako
Day 17 (28th August): Nako – Kalpa
Day 18 (29th August): Kalpa – Chitkul
Day 19 (30th August): Chitkul – Chail / Fago
Day 20 (31st August): Chail / Fago – Delhi
Day 21 (1stth September)
Hi Sneha,
Lucky you to have so many to explore so many beautiful places at one go
… Coming back here are my inputs:
1. Add one more day in Leh to acclimatize more. Just one day is not enough for acclimatization and you guys may fall sick if you go over Khardung La pass into Nubra Valley, the very next day. So, better add a day there.
2. While going to Turtuk, skip all Deskit/Hunder sightseeing and straight away head to Turtuk to get more time for that place and enjoy its culture. Do not forget to mention Turtuk on the permits. Next day do other sightseeing of Deskit and Hunder.
3. no need to o all the way upto Kargil. Do it like:
Day 7 (18th August): Leh – Lamayuru
– Cover Mulbekh Maitrey, Lamayuru Moanstery, Lunar Landscapes.
Day 8 (19th August): Lamayuru – Sham Valley – Leh
– On the way you can explore Alchi, Likir, Basgo, Gurudwara Pather Sahib, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu. Overnight at Leh.
4. Pangong Tso – Tso Moriri, might not be possible in day or would be very very long and DC office is not issuing the permits for direct route to Tso Moriri from Pangong Tso via Chusul. Make day trip to Pangong Tso and then on the way back do Leh – Tso Moriri, Tso Moriri – Sarchu, Sarchu – Keylong/Khoksar/Sissu. You can do Tso Moriri – Keylong but it would be quite hectic and if it is OK to you then you can go ahead with that plan only.
5. Then, you should do Keylong/Khoksar/Sissu – Chandratal, Chandratal – Ki – Kibber – Kaza, Kaza – Pin Valley – Tabo – Nako, Nako – Kalpa, Kalpa – Sangla – Chitkul, Chitkul – Fagu/Shimla/Chail and finally Delhi.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Thank you so much for ur real help and advice.. now as we are falling in short of time to mail n clear our doubts would really be grateful if you could pass on your ph no. if possible as my husband could get in touch directly wen needed…thanks again..!!
I have emailed you my number.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj !! As instructed by you we have decided dat we will catch the (kaza-ki-kibber-tabo-chandrataal) route.We will be so so grateful to you; please suggest the itinerary accordingly along with the sightseeing and night stay places.But Bro there are few request’s please consider these while planing the itinerary.Our request are as follows:
1)Start the journey day on 3-sep-2012 morning as heading towards rohtang pass den towards spiti.
2)We want to catch a bus to delhi on 7-sep-2012 eveing.But dnt know from where we will catch the bus manali or shimla?? We will be moving in round route as shown in map towards shimla from spiti or returning back to manali???? since we pland to catch a bus on 7-sep-2012 evening dat means we will dump our hire taxi on 7-sep-2012.
3)from 2-sep-2012 to 7-sep-2012.please include evry possible places dat can be covered.
Well bro dez r our request which u please consider while making the itinerary 4 which we will be highly grateful to you.
Few Queries:
1)As of now our budget is Rs.40,000 delhi to delhi.Since we r 4 frands dat makes Rs.10,000 each.Well from delhi-himachal-delhi we will opt for HRTC DELUX bus.Rest hired car.will it do?
2)Why on right hand panel of dis blog the manali-keylong-kaza road status is showing CLOSED??? due to monsoon?? will our date will be good enough to travel.Though i have searched that Lahaul-Spiti district is the driest in Himachal.Though i am constantly monitoring the monsoon in::
.But still fingers crossed though.Touch wood 
http://www.imd.gov.in/section/nhac/dynamic/Monsoon_frame.htm
It seems this time in himachal monsoon is Fairly Widespread (51-75% of total area is getting rainfall).But doesn’t see the way of monsoon in Lahaul-Spiti district though in map
Hi Hrishikesh.
Firstly, buddy Shimla route is longer and will require two days just to reach Shimla from Kaza, meaning you are less with one day which I do not think you guys have. Better leave it aside and do via Manali only.
3rd Sept | Leave by 3.30 AM types and head for Rohtang Pass and go over Kunzum Pass to reach Kaza by evening.
– It would be much much better, if you extend the journey to Tabo and do the next day in reverse direction
4th Sept | Kaza – Dhankar – Dhankar Lake – Tabo
5th Sept | Tabo – Kaza – Ki – Kibber – Hikkim – Kaumik – Langza – Kaza
6th Sept | Kaza – Chandratal
7th Sept | Leave by 4/5 AM types from Chandratal and reach Manali by evening to catch the overnight bus.
Alternatively, for keeping a relaxing day in Manali on 5th, just do Ki – Kibber and reach Chandratal by evening. Next day reach Manali byt evening and spend 7th Sept in Manali to ensure you do not miss the bus.
The road to Kaza from Manali is closed as of now due to multiple landslides/cloud burst every where near Manali and Chandratal, that is why you see it like that
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
hope you r well.
today i got my train ticket
Kolkata-Delhi-Kolkata
Delhi-Kalka
Kalka-Shimla
we r 5, going to Leh
19aug journey start from Dhaka-Kolkata. 22aug Kolkata-Delhi. after all days enjoying the mountain, hope to come back manali-Delhi 2sep.
pls tell me.. what to do and what not to do
hi Tinku,
As I see, you will reach Delhi on 22 Aug which gives you about 12 days. I will suggest not to go to Shimla as it will consume more days and you are already short on time to discover Ladakh. Best, will be you go via Srinagar side and come back via Manali side to get your body a chance to properly acclimatize and enjoy the roads thoroughly.
Day 1 | Delhi – Jammu / Patnitop
– Overnight at Jammu or Patnitop
Day 2 | Jammu / Patnitop – Srinagar
– Enjoy walk around Dal lake and may be Shikara ride as well
– If you have time then check out, floating market, Shalimar Garden.
– Overnight at Srinagar
Day 3 | Srinagar – Sonamarg – Zozi La – Drass – Kargil
– Enjoy the vistas enroute
– Have late drunch meal at Drass is you are a vegetarian as sometimes it gets difficult to find veg. food at Kargil
– Overnight at Kargil
Day 4 | Kargil – Lamayuru – Leh
– Cover Mulbekh Maitrey, Lamayuru Moanstery, Lunar Landscapes
– On the way you can also see Gurudwara Pather Sahib, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh Local Sighseeing + Inner Line Permits
– Local sightseeing include Namgyal Gompa, Leh Palace, Shanti Stupa, Shankar Gompa, Main Market, Hall of Fame, Spituk Gompa, Changspa Road Stroll in evening
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link : http://devilonwheels.com/index.php/inner-line-permits-for-leh-ladakh/
– Overnight at Leh
Day 6 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 7 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
Day 8 | Leh – Pangong Tso Lake – Leh
– Day trip to Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Leh
Day 9 | Leh – Tso Moriri via Chumathang
– Cover Karzok Monastery
– DO NOT FORGET to Carry spare fuel for about 550 KMs including your tankful
– Overnight at Karzok or Tso Moriri
Day 10 | Tso Moriri – Tso Kar – Debring (Manali – Leh Highway starts) – Moore Plains – Sarchu
– Try to start early in the day so that you reach Sarchu where the accommodation options are better than Pang
– Overnight at Sarchu or Pang
Day 11 | Sarchu – Baralacha La – Keylong – Rohtang Pass – Manali
– On the way cover Suraj Tal, Deepak Tal which are on the road sides only
– Overnight at Manali
Day 12 | Manali – Delhi
– Return home
Day 13 + 14 | Buffer days to be kept incase of road closure due to landslides or snowfall or perhaps you want to enjoy more.
Additional Points:
1. Instead of coming back to Leh from Nubra Valley, you can head towards Pangong Tso via Wari La route. If you are riding then you need to carry sufficient fuel for it. The additional day could be rest day at Leh where you can do Sham Valley tour or some shopping in Leh. Sham Valley include Alchi, Likir, Basgo Palace, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu, Gurudwara Pather Sahib
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj hatz off to u !! and a mammoth thanks for bringing such a awesome and informational blog !! i really appreciate.At this moment i would like to introduce my self as an confuse soul.I am going through your blog from many a days and got lots of information but there are few things which i would really like to ask you.We 4 frnds from assam are planning to visit manali to spiti.we will reach delhi on 1-sep-2012.Will catch a bus to manali 1-sep-2012 evening and will reach manali on 2-sep-2012 morning.
Day 1(2-9-12):Manali sight seeing.
Day 2(3-9-12):hire a car & head towards rohtang pass den towards lahaul spiti.But we are confuse where & in which place we should stay and should visit??????? our return rajdhani train is on 8-sep-2012 1pm from delhi to our native places.
* we r confuse about DAY 2(3-9-12) to DAY 6(7-9-12).like which places to go and in which place to hault for d nite??
*we will nt keep the car wid us till delhi.end of the days after visiting d places we want to catch a bus to delhi on 7-9-12 evening.but confuse from which place we will catch the bus??? shimla or manali???(if had to stay in shimla will use this place to catch bus or take rest only.nt interested in roaming shimla)
*i like dez places in fotos viz suraj taal,chandertal lake,dhankar lake,sangla,kaza,kalpa….please suggest us the itinary keeping these places in view and the dates which i have mentioned…in our given time limit if its possible to cover all the places i would say wao !! if other place which i am missing & can be included…i will really appreciate….
PLEASE HELP BRO !! WE ARE CONFUSE !!
Hello Hrishikesh,
You actually have just 4 days to visit any places in Lahaul or Spiti Valley. You can either go to Lahaul i.e. Keylong – Jispa – Udaipur – Suraj Tal – Deepak Tal – Baralacha La Pass OR you can do Spiti Valley i.e. Kaza – Ki – Kibber – Tabo – Chandratal. Depending upon your choice I will suggest the itinerary accordingly along with the sightseeing and night stay places. Please let me know your choice.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
oh !! thanks bro…i will ask my frands also & ask dem the way u suggested i.e choose between 2 journey which u r suggesting.will get back to u as soon as i go t the confirmation from there side.Thanks so so much bro.will disturbed u again in 3-4 days
sorry for the trouble 
Hi Dheeraj,
First of all a great thanks to you to bring up this blog with so much inputs from your travel to this beautiful place Leh. We are group of 8 guys planning to visit Leh via Srinagar in mid August’12. A simple itinerary goes: Srinagar-Kargil-Leh-Nubra-Pangong-Leh.
I have some doubts which I hope you can help:
1. Is there any need to book all the hotels in advance or we can find decent deals even after we reach at each of above places.
2. We want to put up our own tents in pangong, in that case where can we hire the tents and is is permissible?
3. Once we reach leh we want to hire bikes (enfield preferred), so is it easy to find these bikes on rent in Leh ?
I hope to hear back from you soon.
Regards,
NR
Hello NR,
1. It depends on your choice. If you do not plan to stay at any specific hotel and if you are OK with searching the place a bit after seeing the room conditions once reaching the place, then I guess you could save some good amount of money too on the hotel bookings. Finding a place is not that difficult in Leh and your taxi will be able to help you through. Keep this list handy with you: A preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
2. You can hire the tents in Leh and yes, it is permissible. Just ask for permissions from locals nearby as well before pitching in the tent. BTW, you have loads of tented accommodation right on the shore available for you and renting a tent, pitching it would not save you too much of money, only a little.
3. Yes, you can rent bikes in Leh and Fort Road in Leh is full of such shops that rent bikes. Depending upon the condition, model, make and tourist rush you can get bikes starting from Rs 600 to Rs 1200. Rather than booking over phone, it is much better to visit the Fort road, check 4-5 shops over there and get a good deal after checking the bike conditions.
You can check a very balanced and most common itinerary for Leh – Ladakh followed by many travelers including me at the link here: Most Common Itinerary for Leh – Ladakh.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
Hatz off to your dedication…
Its my long time dream to round Manali – leh – Manali in my Unicon… Here is my plan for it. Kindly review it and give your suggestions. Mainly regarding refilling of fuel and the road status(open or closed)
Your blog helped me a lot in preparing this. We are a team of 4 guys, on 4 bikes, all 150cc.
DAY – 1
Delhi to Chandigarh – 248km, stay at Chandigarh.
DAY – 2
Chandigarh to Manali – 273km, stay at Manali.
DAY – 3
Rest day. Visit Manali, Check the bikes for condiition.
DAY – 4
Manali to Jispa – 146km
Leave Manali at 7am, Via Rohtang La – Khoksar (57km, police check post, enter vehicle details) – Tandi (49km) – Keylong – Jispa. Stay at Jispa in tents..
Fill full petrol at Tandi, keep reserve, next filling station is 364km ahead.
DAY – 5
Jispa to Pang – 153km
Via Darcha – Patseo – Baralacha La (pass) – Sarchu – Gata loops – Nakila (pass) – Lachalang La (pass) – Pang; stay at Pang
DAY – 6
Pang to Leh – 180km
Via More Plains – Tanglang La (pass) – Upshi – Shakti – Leh; Stay at Leh
DAY – 7
Inner line permits, Local sightseeing. Include Namgyal Gompa, Leh Palace, Shanti Stupa, Shankar Gompa, Main Market, Hall of Fame, Spituk Gompa, Changspa Road Stroll in evening
DAY – 8
Leh – Khardung La – Leh
DAY – 9
Leh to Pangong Tso Lake
Leh – Karu (36 KMs) – Sakti (10 KMs) – Chang La (34 KMs) – Durbuk (32 KMs) – Tangste (9 KMs) – Lukung (34 KMs) – Spangmik (16 KMs) = 171 KMs
DAY – 10
Pangong Tso Lake to Tso Moriri Lake via Changthang
Spangmik (Pangong Tso) – Man (9 KMs) – Merak (12 KMs)– Khaltse (4 KMs) – Chusul (24 KMs) – Tsaga La (33 KMs) – Tsaga Village (20 KMs) – Loma (23 KMs) – Nyoma (22 KMs) – Mahe (25 KMs) – Sumdo (10 KMs) – Tso Moriri / Korzok (53 KMs) = 235KMs
DAY – 11
Tso moriri to sarchu – 184km
Tso moriri – tso Kar – Pang – Sarchu
DAY – 12
Sarchu to Manali – 225km
Day 13
Manali to Delhi
DAY 14 & 15 Reserve
I will fill full tank from Leh, then how much reserve i will have to keep with me for DAY 9 to 12? We cant expect milage more than 30km/liter i think, isn’t it?
How to know whether the route for day 9 onwards is open ot not?
I wish you all the best for all your future ventures… May god bless you.
————–
PRAVEEN R NAIR
RESEARCH SCOLAR
BIT MESRA, RANCHI
hey dheeraj,,
dude we are planning a 7 days trip to leh and manali..
we were thinking of leaving by 25th aug..so pls help in following querry
a)is dat the write time to travel
b)we r from delhi and would want to stay overnight at kargil as well,,also we want min 2 days at manali as well….plz plz plz help
pardon the spellings……lol
Hello Vineet,
In 7 days it is not possible to cover Srinagar – Leh Highway. Leh – Ladakh and Manali that too with 2 days
… You need at least 12-13 days for it. It is monsoon time and at some parts of Manali – Leh Highway (like before Baralacha La) and Srinagar – Leh Highway (like before Kargil) you might need to face monsoon hassles but once you get closer to Ladakh, then Ladakh being rain shadow region is least affected by monsoon rains, though rains does reach Ladakh now but to minimum and mostly it might remains overcast conditions. There is no thumb rule of certainity about weather conditions but above is generally common pictures seen over last few years except ugly 2010 …
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
dheeraj dude……thanks for ur suggestion yaar,,
dheeraj please help me yaar,,i just have max.7 days with me,and i want to go to manali as well….i dont mind flying to leh from delhi to compensate….also when in leh..can u suggest some nice hotels and taxi services to manali..
Hello Vineet,
In that case, you may like to follow the below plan:
Day 1 | Delhi – Leh (By Flight)
– Checkin at Hotel. Many hotels provide free pick and drop from Airport. Ask while you book them.
– Take ample of rest as well as water or anything that keep your body hydrated enough. DO NOT OVER HYDRATE. Take ORS Soluted water or ORS – L tetra packs from home.
– Do not over exert your body at any cost. Avoid too much up-down on stairs or avoid it in entirety, if possible.
– After 5-6 Hrs of rest you can visit Leh Palace, Local Leh market, Shankar Gompa .
– If you feel exerted go back to Hotel, have dinner at Hotel and take rest. Avoid any exertion. Else continue and,
– Follow the sunset by stroll at Changspa road and have a nice dinner on varied cuisines offered in-around Changspa road.
– Go back to hotel for overnight stay at Leh.
Day 2 | Leh Local Sighseeing + Inner Line Permits
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here:
– Hire a taxi from Leh taxi stand or Hotel whichever suits you.
– Bargain hard with taxi driver. Book that single taxi for entire trip after explaining the complete plan.
– Take his inputs if you feel reasonable and if required modify the plan accordingly but should suits you best.
– Ask him to be with you guys starting first day itself, if required and charged reasonable else do it at your own.
– Again DO NOT over exert and take little steps and slow walks only.
– If feeling OK then do Local sightseeing include Namgyal Gompa, Leh Palace, Shanti Stupa, Shankar Gompa, Main Market, Hall of Fame, Spituk Gompa, Changspa Road Stroll in evening
– Do not use stairs at any of these places just to see them as it will exert your body much more.
– Overnight at Leh
Day 3 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Leh
– Head for Nubra Valley very early in the day and come back by late evening after visiting Deskit. If you have time go little further and see Hunder sand dunes too
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 4 | Leh – Pangong Tso Lake – Leh
– Day trip to Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh – Taglang La – Pang – Sarchu
– Try to start early in the day so that you reach Sarchu where the accommodation options are better than Pang
– Overnight at Sarchu or Pang
Day 6 | Sarchu – Baralacha La – Keylong – Rohtang Pass – Manali
– On the way cover Suraj Tal, Deepak Tal which are on the road sides only
– Overnight at Manali
Day 7 | Manali – Delhi
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
For the current leh – ladakh taxi union rate list 2012-13 including the contacts of some reliable taxi drivers within Leh – Ladakh, check the link here. You can get about 10-15% of discount by directly getting in touch with drivers and of course, talking in person rather on phone always help in bargaining more.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
hello Praveen,
Thanks buddy!! Here are few of my suggestions:
1. Instead of staying at Manali, stay at Solang Valley. It will help you acclimatize better.
2. Avoid sleeping at Sarchu or Pang at any cost while going to Leh from Manali because your body will not be acclimatized by the time you reach there. It is always better to stay either at Keylong/Jispa so that you minimize the chances for falling sick or hit by AMS while going to Leh from Manali. And, then next day carry on the rest of the journey to Leh without sleeping in between anywhere by leaving early in the morning say, by 4-5 AM types. I prefer staying at Jispa more because Keylong gives the feeling of a town while Jispa is more closer to nature having Bhaga river running just aside the Manali – Leh Highway at Jispa. If you are coming back via Manali – Leh, then it should be OK to stay at Sarchu as your body will be acclimatized by that time.
3. Use the spare day above to do 2 day trip to Nubra Valley on Day 7 and Day 8 then ahead of Khardung La. Nubra Valley is something, you shall not miss.
4. From Day 9 to 12, you are looking about 950+ KMs without fuel. Your fuel efficiency would be about 35-40% less in that terrain. Take a call accordingly. Most importantly, The permits to Man – Merak – Chusul or remote Changthang routes including Marsimik La and Wari La are still not being given by DC office in Leh, so keep your fingers crossed and hope for the best if they start issuing the permits by the time you visit. Otherwise, you have to take the traditional routes only.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
Thank u so much for your suggestions.
Still I’m lil doubtful on a point that how marsimik la and wari la comes in the route of leh to pangong lake or pangong to tso moriri. But LOL,I have knowledge only from google map… Is reaching pangong through the route I suggested is open and feasible? if those routes r not feasible, then suggest me an alternative plan including Pangong and tso moriri. Is there any other route for Pangong tso? Please give me any contact number to know periodically whether the DC office started to issue the permits for pangong tso and tso moriri.
Regards,
Praveen R Nair
Hello Praveen,
Wari La comes on the way to Pangong Tso from Nubra Valley. High Chances that you will get the permits for Wari La. Marsimik La comes ahead of Tangstevnear Pangong Tso Lake. While approaching Lunkung (Start of Pangong Tso) from Tangste (34 KMs from Lukung) there comes a diversion to the left that takes you to Marsimik La route. So, best way to cover both Pangong Tso and Tso Moriri is that you make a day trip to Pangong Tso and then take the traditional route via Upshi – Chumathang to Tso Moriri and finally exit from Tso Moriri to Manali – Leh Highway. You will get the permits for Pangong Tso to Tso MOriri. It is the route via Chusul Loma Nyoma that you will not get the permit. So, you can visit these lakes using the traditional routes only. All likely, they will issue the permits only in off season or late in season now.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Dheeraj my friend, nice to read your reply. i have a desire to go to Leh. Searching the net through which i found you … tremendous work
i learned a lot about what i need, from your blog. Yesterday i got the visa. now i am planning to go to LEH.
here is the journey.
19/8-20/8 (night) Dhaka-Kolkata By bus.
20/8-21/8 (night) Kolkata-Delhi by train Duranto.
21/8-22/8 (night) Delhi-Manali by bus HPTDC.
23/8-24/8 Manali site seen.
25/8-26/8-27/8 Manali to Leh by jeep
28/8-29/8 Leh site seeing
30/8 back to Manali by jeep
31/8 back to Delhi by bus
1/9-2/9 Delhi site seeing
3/9 back to Kolkata by train
4/9 back to Dhaka by bus
Now you are the man who can fix it
tell me what will be the right thing to do on all those days. you can put as much as preasure as u want as in “squeeze” more thing into the todo list. on the way i want to cover lot of places, food, culture, extreme fun sports etc and I also want to try and travel from a general point of view and keep the expenses to the minimal so that the people who dnt want the presidential trip can follow my tracks. the four of us are gonna travel together .
did you see my videos..? this trip is gonna be like that.
wish i can see you there. my salam to your family.
Dheeraj Sharma, thx a lot for what you did my friend
I’m Tinku from Bangladesh. Live in Dhaka. Planing to visit and photograph and make a Documentary on ‘how to go Leh from Dhaka. Hope you can help me a lot.
Here You can see my videos.
http://www.youtube.com/user/banglarpothe?feature=mhee
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/tinkutraveler
tinkutraveler@gmail still my email address
hope i see you
Hey Tinku, That is awesome buddy!!
Regards
Dheeraj
Hello dheeraj ji we are planning our trip from manali side for 10 days and back via Srinagar on our own suv can you let me know the best itenary possible
Hello LPS,
Firstly, I will suggest you that please plan it in other direction as going via Srinagar – Leh Highway will be much much easier on your body and help you acclimatize to the high altitude of Manali – Leh Highway. Also, it allows you to enjoy the beauty of Manali – Leh by splitting the journey almost evenly in two days which is very difficult in the other direction. Thirdly, it will allow you to fit Tso Moriri lake into the itinerary in better way. You can read more reasons on the link here. But still, if you want to go via Manali side, then reverse the below itinerary which is starting from Srinagar side.
Day 1 | Delhi – Jammu / Patnitop
– Overnight at Jammu or Patnitop
Day 2 | Jammu / Patnitop – Srinagar
– Enjoy walk around Dal lake and may be Shikara ride as well
– If you have time then check out, floating market, Shalimar Garden.
– Overnight at Srinagar
Day 3 | Srinagar – Sonamarg – Zozi La – Drass – Kargil
– Enjoy the vistas enroute
– Have late drunch meal at Drass is you are a vegetarian as sometimes it gets difficult to find veg. food at Kargil
– Overnight at Kargil
Day 4 | Kargil – Lamayuru – Leh
– Cover Mulbekh Maitrey, Lamayuru Moanstery, Lunar Landscapes
– On the way you can also see Gurudwara Pather Sahib, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh Local Sighseeing + Inner Line Permits
– Local sightseeing include Namgyal Gompa, Leh Palace, Shanti Stupa, Shankar Gompa, Main Market, Hall of Fame, Spituk Gompa, Changspa Road Stroll in evening
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here
– Overnight at Leh
Day 6 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Leh
– Head for Nubra Valley very early in the day and come back by late evening after visiting Deskit. If you have time go little further and see Hunder sand dunes too
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 7 | Leh – Pangong Tso Lake – Leh
– Day trip to Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Leh
Day 8 | Leh – Taglang La – Pang – Sarchu
– Try to start early in the day so that you reach Sarchu where the accommodation options are better than Pang
– Overnight at Sarchu or Pang
Day 9 | Sarchu – Baralacha La – Keylong – Rohtang Pass – Manali
– On the way cover Suraj Tal, Deepak Tal which are on the road sides only
– Overnight at Manali
Day 10 | Manali – Delhi
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Thank you. Will proly try Spiti then. I have a localite friend. She says the rains arent so bad now. Will check with her too though!
Will proly get back to you next week. Any alternate contact to reach you?
Hello H,
Sure, let me know whenever you have queries about Spiti. You would be getting email from my ID as I reply to comments (plz check spam folder as well) and you can reach me there as well.
Regards
Dheeraj
Dear Dheeraj ji,
I am impressed by your dedication to the cause of travelers to Leh-Laddakh and your knowledge of the area.I have made following itinerary for my 7/8 days trip to explore some of the beauty of the region. can you please help me in improving / suggesting if I am missing a lot, though I am going for leisure and would like to keep it fairly loose and less demanding
01 Day 16th Aug : Reach Leh by flight. Completely relax for the rest of the day to acclimatize
02 Day 17th Aug : Leh Full Day Monastery and sight seeing
03 Day 18th Aug : Go from Leh to Ulteopko Camp, Alichi
04 Day 19th Aug : Uletopko Camp, Alchi to Leh enroute Likir Monastery sight seeing
05 Day 20th Aug : Leh Full day tour of Pangong Lake
06 Day 21st Aug : Leh to Nubra Valley
07 Day 22nd Aug : Nubra Valley to Leh
08 Day 23rd Aug : Leave Leh for Delhi
We will be seeing following
Shey Palace
Gurudwara Patthar Sahib
Magnetic Hill
Hall of Fame
Likir Monastery
Ridzong monastery
Sangkar, Shanti Stupa, Leh Palace
Pangong Lake
Changla pass
Durbuk
Khardung la
Nubra Valley
Diskit Monastery
Tsoltak
Hot sulphur springs
request to kindly review.
hi deeraj, i have no words to thank you for ur advice thnkuuuuuuuuuuu very much.it was a breath taking moment for me visiting leh. we stayed in Hotel Oriental in Shantistupa road it was a nice stay clean and nice hospitality. with nice food. and also we visit pangong and khardungla pass it was awsome. it was my life best six days and thanks again….
This is awesome… Ladakh is not a place ever to forget and thanks for providing your feedback and glad that you had such wonderful trip and inputs from the blog has helped you alot.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Praveen,
The itinerary looks fine but just slight modification will help you alot de-risking the chance of missing the flight to some extent. Here, is how you shall do it:
01 Day 16th Aug : Reach Leh by flight. Completely relax for the rest of the day to acclimatize
02 Day 18th Aug : Go from Leh to UleyTopko Camp, Alchi
03 Day 19th Aug : UleyTopko Camp, Alchi to Leh enroute Likir Monastery sight seeing
04 Day 21st Aug : Leh to Nubra Valley
05 Day 22nd Aug : Nubra Valley to Leh
06 Day 20th Aug : Leh Full day tour of Pangong Lake
07 Day 17th Aug : Leh Full Day Monastery and sight seeing
08 Day 23rd Aug : Leave Leh for Delhi
This will ensure you have at least a spare day before the day of catching the flight in case there is some landslide at Changla on the way to Pangong Tso and it gets closed. Rest you have done a nice job to accommodate most places in the time you have in hand.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj ji,
Thanks a lot. I will change the program accordingly. Looking forward for a memorable experience looking at your blog.
Regards
Praveen
Hi Dheeraj,
Thanks for your valuable inputs in planning my leh trip. It was a great experiance.
In Leh I found one brand new Guest house at Chagspa road a few steps ahead from Shanti Guest house. The room was with attached toilet and with electric water heater installed in it. It was really 24 Hr running hot water. Contact number is 09622995662 (Ms Ringchen).
I negitiated for Taxi and got 12% on union rates. The driver was a very nice person (Manzoor-09622973951).
I was there for 7nights/8days. I was given quotation amounting for the same as Rs.41000.00 (without food), but I managed it within Rs.35000 on my own and that too with all food.
Pl guide me to upload photographs.
Thanks
S K Singh
Hello Mr. SK Singh,
Thanks alot for sharing your valuable feedback with details. I am sure it would be helpful for many others. I have updated the driver number in the Taxi Union Rates article and will update the Hotel as well in the list. Can you please tell us the rates and name of the Guest House.
For uploading pictures, you can do so on DeViL on WheeLs… Facebook Page Wall.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Name of the Guesthouse I stayed for 3 days is Paseer Land and it is few steps from Shanti Guesthouse. Rate charged was Rs.2500 for three persons in double room without extra bed. But the room and toilet (with water heater)was very good and new. I have already uploaded some pictures. I stayed in Pangong in tent with attached toilet and charges were just Rs.1700 (with Dinner & BF) for three persons with extra bed. We also enjoyed River rafting in zansang river. It was level 3 rafting.
S K Singh
Thanks alot for the details. I am sure this will be helpful for other fellow travelers too.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hello Dheeraj, I will be visiting Himachal next month and I have a 7 day window wherein I can see places around. Where do you suggest I start? What are the places you think I can cover in 7 days? I believe Leh will be unmanageable as I’d need a couple of days more. In any case, I have not seen much of north (except Jammu and Patnitop).
Do email me your recommended list of places to cover!
Cheers!
Hello H,
Well, 7 days is a good window. You can opt to cover Kinnaur Valley OR may be combo of Tirthan Valley + Manali Valley. You can opt to do Manali + Lahaul Valley as well or Manali + Spiti Valley as well in 7 days. Let me know which you would like to cover
… BTW, rains are not an ideal time to visit hills 
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
We are a group of three people, travelling to Ladakh from Pune from 9th to 21st Aug. Kindly suggest the changes required in following itinerary:
9th Aug: Reach Srinagar at 1:00 pm, leave for kargil around 3:00 p.m., overnight at Kargil
10th Aug: Kargil- Lamayuru- Leh Overnight
11th Aug: Leh Local inner line permits
12th aug: leh- khardung la- hunder overnight
13th aug: hunder- panamik- leh overnight
14th aug: leh- hemis monaestry – pangong tso lake overnight
15th aug: pangong lake- thicksey- leh
16th aug: leh local activities
17th aug: leh- tso moriri- karzok overnight
18th aug: tso moriri- -sarchu overnight
19th aug: sarchu – rohtang pass- manali overnight
20th aug: manali
21st aug: manali- chandigarh airport
Hi Sonali,
Your itinerary seems really nice one, great job for this good plan
… Please go ahead with it. The only thing I will say is that you will not be able to make it to Kargil on Day 1. So, try increasing a Day OR make day trip to Pangong Tso or use the Aug 16th day.
Regards
Dheeraj
Thanks Dheeraj for the prompt reply. Should we consider the halt at srinagar on day one and then halt at kargil on day two?
Hi sonali. I will also be travelling to Srinagar on Aug 11. Do you have a halt at Srinagar or are you directly going to Kargil?
Hi, we will considerinng halt at Srinagar on 9th and leaving for Kargil on 10th aug
Yes Sonali, this will be the correct decision only.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Sonali,
Me and My wife are going to Leh in same dates, If want to join us, we can meet at Srinagar. We will be reach on 9th August from Delhi to Srinagar. And start 10th morning towards Leh.
We both r working is Sr.Positions and coming by our own car.
Ajay
9910395402
New Delhi
Dheraaj,You should seriously give writing professionally for travel Media/magazine/books a serious thought…I was spell bound .wonderful post ,helpful informative descriptive and philosophical….great show….I wish I could ride and be one with nature…………………got very inspired and wanted to see all these places..but my pocket and budget forced me to streamline the trip..I contacted ECOSPHERE a NGO (office at KAZa) and they have provided me the following trip sheet.
4-Sept 1 shimla Jeep to Kalpa via narkanda – 8 to 9 hours Kalpa – overnight in a hotel
5-Sept– kalpa –Jeep to Tabo – visit nako enroute. Tabo – overnight in a guesthouse
6-Sept — Tabo–Head to Dhankhar Trek to the Dhankhar lake if interested and visit the
monastery and fort. Head to Kee monastery –Visit lhalung today.Kee – Overnight in the
monastery guesthouse
7-Sept— Kee–Visit Kibber and kaza today – roam the market and head to Langza early evening
Langza – Overnight in a homestay.
8-Sept– Langza —Jeep to Komic– and head to Nako for the night – Nako – overnight in a tented
facility
9-Sept– Nako–Head to Sarahan today – visit the famous bhimakali temple – 8 to 9 hours Sarahan – overnight in a hotel.
10-Sept — Sarahan Jeep to Shimla .. Shimla.
Kindly let me know at sanjay389@gmail.com how is this trip route,my main concern is I would be travelling with my Wife and 2 year old son.
Do you think there are risks involved and medical urgency?really wanna do this trip dude…kindly suggest whatever you think would be helpful for me and my family to complete this trip.
I am from kolkata and oh yes my son has been to Dargeeling when he was 1 year old during month of November.
thank you for the lovely post and encouraging me to go there….
Best regards
sanjay Guhathakurta
9830136040
Hello Sanjay,
Thanks a million for such words of appreciation!!
I think the plan is nicely laid. But, I am not usre if you are looking for homestays or not. If not then better stay at Kaza with day excursions to Langza/Hikkim/Koumik etc. With overnight stops at Kalpa and Tabo first, you body would be nicely acclimatized and by the way on 5th Sept. instead of going to Nako Lake detour to Geyu Village to see 550+ years old mummy. You are covering the Nako Lake on 8th Sept. in any case.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Mr. Dheeraj Sharma, Your writings are very informative. I want your advise on travel from Leh to Manali on 31st July or 1st August with family. I am 54 years with no health problems. Pl advise me on bus/taxi booking and hotel booking on the way to manali.
with warm regards
Dr. Murthy
Hello Dr. Murthy,
Do you want hotels for Manali or Manali – Leh Highway or Ladakh? Still, please read below links:
You can check the article on “How to plan a journey on Manali – Leh Highway” including the selection of night stops/accommodation, selecting the mode of travel at the link here.
I will suggest you that please plan it in other direction as going via Srinagar – Leh Highway will be much much easier on your body and help you acclimatize to the high altitude of Manali – Leh Highway. Also, it allows you to enjoy the beauty of Manali – Leh by splitting the journey almost evenly in two days which is very difficult in the other direction. Thirdly, it will allow you to fit Tso Moriri lake into the itinerary in better way. You can read more reasons on the link here
You can check a very balanced and most common itinerary for Leh – Ladakh followed by many travelers including me at the link here: Most Common Itinerary for Leh – Ladakh.
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
For the current leh – ladakh taxi union rate list 2012-13 including the contacts of some reliable taxi drivers within Leh – Ladakh, check the link here. You can get about 10-15% of discount by directly getting in touch with drivers and of course, talking in person rather on phone always help in bargaining more.
Check the list of things to carry for Leh – Ladakh or other trip including basic medical kit, clothing, must haves etc. at the link here: List of Things to Carry for Leh – Ladakh trip.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
we r a group of 6 friends from mumbai, planning to visit LEH – Manali – dharamsala -delhousie. (depending on the time constraint) from 15th sept to 22 sept. The idea is:
we will be arriving by air to LEH on the 15th at around 10am.
and wish to reach delhi on the 22nd of sept before 4pm. (hopefully covering all the above mentioned destinations)
It would be gr8 if you could help us with the “MUST visit places” n also help us with the Itinerary.
Thanks
Hello Sinlin,
Do you wish to cover just Manali – Leh Highway or do want to visit places like Pangong Tso, Nubra Valley etc as well in Ladakh. If yes, then it will not be possible to cover Dharamshala and Dalhousie in your plan and may be even Manali apart from overnight stay.
Let me know and I will suggest the plan accordingly.
Regards
Dheeraj sharma
Hi dheeraj
wot do u recommend? we wish to see atleast 3 of the must visit places in Leh. n then take the manali highway.
Regards
Sinlin
Hello Sinlin,
It appears that you have about 8 days for the entire trip upto Delhi. Well, the number of days are pretty less considering that 2 days would be consumed in acclimatization and last three days will be consumed in journey from Leh to Manali to Delhi. In between the 3 days which you are left with you can make 2 day trip to Nubra Valley and one day trip to Pangong Tso. Here is the plan like:
Day 1 | Delhi – Leh (By Flight)
– Checkin at Hotel. Many hotels provide free pick and drop from Airport. Ask while you book them.
– Take ample of rest as well as water or anything that keep your body hydrated enough. DO NOT OVER HYDRATE. Take ORS Soluted water or ORS – L tetra packs from home.
– Do not over exert your body at any cost. Avoid too much up-down on stairs or avoid it in entirety, if possible.
– After 5-6 Hrs of rest you can visit Leh Palace, Local Leh market, Shankar Gompa .
– If you feel exerted go back to Hotel, have dinner at Hotel and take rest. Avoid any exertion. Else continue and,
– Follow the sunset by stroll at Changspa road and have a nice dinner on varied cuisines offered in-around Changspa road.
– Go back to hotel for overnight stay at Leh.
Day 2 | Leh Local Sighseeing + Inner Line Permits
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here:
– Hire a taxi from Leh taxi stand or Hotel whichever suits you.
– Bargain hard with taxi driver. Book that single taxi for entire trip after explaining the complete plan.
– Take his inputs if you feel reasonable and if required modify the plan accordingly but should suits you best.
– Ask him to be with you guys starting first day itself, if required and charged reasonable else do it at your own.
– Again DO NOT over exert and take little steps and slow walks only.
– If feeling OK then do Local sightseeing include Namgyal Gompa, Leh Palace, Shanti Stupa, Shankar Gompa, Main Market, Hall of Fame, Spituk Gompa, Changspa Road Stroll in evening
– Do not use stairs at any of these places just to see them as it will exert your body much more.
– Overnight at Leh
Day 3 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 4 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh – Pangong Tso – Leh
– Do not plan to stay overnight at Pangong Tso as you will not be acclimatized and may fall sick. So, make a day trip only.
– Overnight at Leh
Day 6 | Leh – Taglang La – Moore Plains – Pang – Sarchu – Jispa – Keylong
– You have to reach Keylong anyhow, so start early. Reaching Keylong will ensure that you reach Manali before 5.30 PM via Rohtang Pass and get the overnight Volvo to Delhi.
– Stay overnight at Keylong
Day 7 | Keylong – Manali
– Start early to rest for some time at Manali and then take the overnight volvo.
– Starting early will also help negotiate the Rohtang Pass jams
– Overnight at Manali
Day 8 | Manali – Delhi
– Reach Delhi
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
We have plan Leh Itinerary as mentioned below, duration will be 8 days form 13th Aug to 20th Aug, Need your advice. request you provide approx time form one destination to another
Day 1 – Reach to Leh at 10 AM by Flight from Jammu.
Inner Line Permites- Overnight at Leh.
Day 2 – Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder – Nubra Valley
Day 3 – Nubra Valley – Pangong Tso
Day 4 – Pangong Tso -Leh
Day 5 – Lamayuru day trip
Day 6 – Pls Suggest Spots
Day 7 – Leh local sightseeing
Day 8 – Return by Morning Flight
Thanks a ton Dheeraj in Advance.
hello Unmesh,
Do it like below:
Day 1 | Delhi – Leh (By Flight)
– Checkin at Hotel. Many hotels provide free pick and drop from Airport. Ask while you book them.
– Take ample of rest as well as water or anything that keep your body hydrated enough. DO NOT OVER HYDRATE. Take ORS Soluted water or ORS – L tetra packs from home.
– Do not over exert your body at any cost. Avoid too much up-down on stairs or avoid it in entirety, if possible.
– After 5-6 Hrs of rest you can visit Leh Palace, Local Leh market, Shankar Gompa .
– If you feel exerted go back to Hotel, have dinner at Hotel and take rest. Avoid any exertion. Else continue and,
– Follow the sunset by stroll at Changspa road and have a nice dinner on varied cuisines offered in-around Changspa road.
– Go back to hotel for overnight stay at Leh.
Day 2 | Leh Local Sighseeing + Inner Line Permits
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here
– Hire a taxi from Leh taxi stand or Hotel whichever suits you.
– Bargain hard with taxi driver. Book that single taxi for entire trip after explaining the complete plan.
– Take his inputs if you feel reasonable and if required modify the plan accordingly but should suits you best.
– Ask him to be with you guys starting first day itself, if required and charged reasonable else do it at your own.
– Again DO NOT over exert and take little steps and slow walks only.
– If feeling OK then do Local sightseeing include Namgyal Gompa, Leh Palace, Shanti Stupa, Shankar Gompa, Main Market, Hall of Fame, Spituk Gompa, Changspa Road Stroll in evening
– Do not use stairs at any of these places just to see them as it will exert your body much more.
– Overnight at Leh
Day 3 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 4 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh – Pangong Tso – Leh
– Make a Day trip to Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Leh
Day 6 | Leh – Lamayuru
– Visit Alchi, Likir, Basgo, Magnetic Hills, Pather Sahib Gurudwara on the way
Day 7 | Lamayuru – Redzong Monastery – Leh
Day 8 | Fly back
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hello Dheeraj,
Fabulous blog! Hope you can help me as well in planning my itinerary! I am travelling from New Delhi-Srinagar-New Delhi, on 27th July till 4th Aug, and plan a road trip to Leh from Srinagar. Also, my 1 year old daughter will be embarking on her first mountain journey (we are going to celebrate her 1st b’day on 28th!
)Please suggest a travel plan for us and also list of medicines/must-haves when travelling with babies. Is it OK to stay overnight at Pangong lake or not? Any other advice from you will be great because this is also my first trip to Leh & I don’t want to risk my child’s health.
Thanks in anticipation
Prameet
Hello Parmeet,
You have just 9 days, better I will say extend the trip by a day or two otherwise it would be like being on the road always and with small kid, I may not suggest the same. Still, if you like the best plan for 9 days could be:
Day 1 | Delhi – Jammu / Patnitop
– Overnight at Jammu or Patnitop
Day 2 | Jammu / Patnitop – Srinagar
– Enjoy walk around Dal lake and may be Shikara ride as well
– If you have time then check out, floating market, Shalimar Garden.
– Overnight at Srinagar
Day 3 | Srinagar – Sonamarg – Zozi La – Drass – Kargil
– Enjoy the vistas enroute
– Have late drunch meal at Drass is you are a vegetarian as sometimes it gets difficult to find veg. food at Kargil
– Overnight at Kargil
Day 4 | Kargil – Lamayuru – Leh
– Cover Mulbekh Maitrey, Lamayuru Moanstery, Lunar Landscapes
– On the way you can also see Gurudwara Pather Sahib, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh Local Sighseeing + Inner Line Permits
– Local sightseeing include Namgyal Gompa, Leh Palace, Shanti Stupa, Shankar Gompa, Main Market, Hall of Fame, Spituk Gompa, Changspa Road Stroll in evening
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link : http://devilonwheels.com/index.php/inner-line-permits-for-leh-ladakh/
– Overnight at Leh
Day 6 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Leh
– Head for Nubra Valley very early in the day and come back by late evening after visiting Deskit. If you have time go little further and see Hunder sand dunes too
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 7 | Leh – Pangong Tso Lake – Leh
– Day trip to Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Leh
Day 8 | Leh – Taglang La – Pang – Sarchu
– Try to start early in the day so that you reach Sarchu where the accommodation options are better than Pang
– Overnight at Sarchu or Pang
Day 9 | Sarchu – Baralacha La – Keylong – Rohtang Pass – Manali
– On the way cover Suraj Tal, Deepak Tal which are on the road sides only
– Overnight at Manali
Day 10 | Manali – Delhi
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Dear Dheeraj,
Thanxx a ton for your comments!! It sounds great, but just one clarification, we are flying to srinagar from delhi on 28th..and returning flight is again from srinagar to delhi on 4th..so for the last 2 days, can u suggest something else since we will be bak to srinagar late evening on 3rd August.
Thanks so much..
Can we go to Pangong Tso directly from Diskit/Hunder? Is it suitable to stay at Diskit and Pangong lake with a small baby – 1 year old? Please mention time & distance from Nubra-Pangong via shyok village route.
Thanks
Hi Parmeet,
Shyok Village route is closed few days back, may be open or not now but have no idea. With such a small child I will never suggest you to take such dangerous and isolated route and even the Wari La route. One mechanical failure and you are in deep trouble for finding help there and with such small child things would be ugly. So, better stick to traditional routes only and once your child grows up old, then may be you shall go with such adventurous routes.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hello, less than 3 weeks and we have our flight from Belgium to Delhi, from where we can start our trip to Ladakh
This is the itinerary I hope we can do :
- we arrive on 6 August in the very early morning in Delhi and the same morning we have our flight to Srinagar, where we arrive at about noon ; we have reservation for 1 night in Srinagar on a houseboat (Chicago Group of Houseboats, good choice when we may believe Trip Advisor…)
- next morning, 7 August, we want to leave early in the morning from Srinagar to Kargil
- 8 August : Kargil – Lamayuru – Leh
- 9 August : local sightseeing Leh, permits ….
- 10 August – 11 August – 12 August : 3-day trip to Nubra Valley : Diskit, Hunder – Turtuk – Thoise – Diskit – Sumur – Panamik …… back to Leh
- 13 August : Leh and surroundings : Shey Monastery, Thiksey Monastery, Hemis Monastery………..
- 14 August : Leh – Pangong Tso – Spangmik
- 15 August : Spangmik – Man – Merak – Spanmik – Lukung – Tangtse – Durbuk – Chang La – Sakti – Karu – Chumathang
- 16 August : Chumathang – Mahe – Sumdo – Korzok (Tso Moriri)
- 17 August : Korzok – Tso Kar – Moore Plains – Pang – Sarchu (or Keylong ?)
- 18 August : Sarchu – Manali
- 19 August : Manali – Delhi
- 20 August : Delhi
- 21 and 22 August : 2 days : Delhi – Agra and surroundings – Delhi
- 23 August : Delhi
- 24 August : flight back home
I have some questions :
). And any idea of a price/quality good hotel in Agra ?
1/ this itinerary is to do ? remember, we travel with a little girl of 7 years old ; you may be critical
2/ what will be the most difficult days ?
3/ we only made 1 hotel-reservation for the first night in Srinagar ; there will be no problem to find a hotel / guesthouse on the moment we arrive in the different places ? In Leh, what is best (price/quality) : Shanti Guesthouse or Oriental Hotel/guesthouse ?
4/ there are special places that I forgot in my itinerary and we must visit ?
5/ you can recommend some hotels / guesthouses / homestays in the different places we will visit ?
6/ [U][/U][B]we can buy Diamox in Leh [/B]?
7/ any idea about the wheather forcast ? we need very warm clothes for the nights we are at higher places ? what is night-temperature outside ? there is heating in the rooms ?
8/ normally, from Srinagar to Manali, we want to take private taxi for all the places we want to visit (exception : maybe, in Leh, I want to rent motorbike for the Nubra-valley excursion – don’t know yet if we ride on the motorbike 3 of us (with my wife and child), or if I rent the bike myself, while my wife and child take private taxi. From Manali back to Delhi : nightbus (Volvo).
For the last days (Delhi – Agra) : 10 years ago, we were in India also and we made a big trip in Rajasthan with a private taxi. I still had the e-mail adress of the driver and some days ago, I sent him mail to ask if he wanted to be our driver for the last days (Delhi – Agra). He answered that, if we want, he can be our driver for the whole trip. He wants to come to Srinagar (starting from Delhi on 5 August) with a second driver (for safety, he says, by that way, it is not always the same person that has to drive) and we could meet each other in Srinagar on August 6th in the afternoon (where we arrive with flight from Delhi), and start the whole trip together the next morning. He wants to be our driver for the whole trip, till our last day for drop off at the airport. His best price for the whole period: 75.000 Rs for transportation, everything included (taxes…….). Of course we have to pay ourself our food and accommodation. We do not have to pay for the food and accommodation of him and the second driver. Is this a good deal for us ?
I think, that way, it has some advantages : we must not look for transportation, loosing time that way, and we have somebody with us the whole time that speaks Indian language and can help and guide us if we need. Other side : the real backpacking is gone a little, because we can have the idea that everything is arranged. What do you think about this ? Good idea ? Good price ? If I look to the pricelist of taxi in Leh, I see prices are also not too cheap…..
Like I told you, we met that person 10 years ago on our trip in Rajasthan and we had a good time together. That person is a easy-going man that gave us enough freedom. I hope he hasn’t changed
Its difficult for us the make a choice …..
So, like you see, a lot of questions….
Somebody can help us ?
Somebody can recommend us a good hotel in Delhi for our last days ? Not low-budget, but also not too expensive. A comfortable hotel, centrally located, with swimming-pool if possible (that way, our child can enjoy her last days also, after a tiring trip in Ladakh
Thanks very much in advance.
Hello Pattyn,
1. The itinerary seems nicely done. It is doable and is at decent pace. I will do slight modification as below:
- 13 August : Leh – Pangong Tso (Spangmik)
– On the way cover Thicksey and Hemis monastery
- 14 August : Pangong Tso (Spangmik) – Leh
– On the way back cover Shey Palace
- 15 Aug : Rest Day at Leh before the long journey to Manali via Tso Moriri.
– Do Sham Valley tour and local shopping in Leh may be on this day.
– Sham Valley include Alchi, Likir, Basgo Palace, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu, , Gurudwara Pather Sahib
- 16 August : Leh – Karu – Chumathang – Tso Moriri (Korzok)
2. Tough day will be Sarchu to Manali one as Rohtang Pass is in bad shape and you will find lots of traffic jam but if lucky you may not get it
… It is manageable though
3. It depends on your choice. If you do not plan to stay at any specific hotel and if you are OK with searching the place a bit after seeing the room conditions once reaching the place, then I guess you could save some good amount of money too on the hotel bookings. Finding a place is not that difficult in Leh and your taxi will be able to help you through. Keep this list handy with you: A preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here. Hotel Shaynam and Sia La both are good for family. Asia and Greenland are also good ones.
4. Most of the places have been covered including Point 1.
5. For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
6. You can I guess, but have you consulted doctor? DO CONSULT a doctor or physician before taking this medicine because it a sulpha drug and does have its own side effects and especially to the people allergic to sulpha drugs. Toe and finger sensations are pretty common when you take it, so please consult the doctor as well. The actual course starts 2-3 nights before the start of the trip and continues 2-3 days into the high altitude region.
7. You won;t require heating in the rooms. Do carry warm clothes as if it is overcast condition, it may become quite cold. Else it will be pleasant in August.
8. For the current leh – ladakh taxi union rate list 2012-13 including the contacts of some reliable taxi drivers within Leh – Ladakh, check the link here. You can get about 10-15% of discount by directly getting in touch with drivers and of course, talking in person rather on phone always help in bargaining more.
Though 3 of you may not be able to ride on bike, but yes, you can also rent bikes in Leh and Fort Road in Leh is full of such shops that rent bikes. Depending upon the condition, model, make and tourist rush you can get bikes starting from Rs 600 to Rs 1200. Rather than booking over phone, it is much better to visit the Fort road, check 4-5 shops over there and get a good deal after checking the bike conditions.
9. Regarding the price I find it very high and it seems that the guy has never done the terrain because if he had, then he much know that outside taxis are not allowed to roam inside Ladakh
.. Yes, Taxis outside Ladakh are not allowed to do any sightseeing within Leh – Ladakh. You can use them from drop-in and take-away modes only. So, the taxi you are hiring locally must have private number plate otherwise you will have to again hire a taxi within Ladakh and pay for your local taxi without using it. This means 75000 is a huge amount of money he is charging and you will have to hire another taxi within Ladakh as well and pay for it. I will suggest that you better reach Srinagar, go to Srinagar taxi stand and get a taxi to drop you to Leh. Then, you can hire a taxi in Leh which will be with you all the time and drop you to Manali. From Manali to Delhi and Delhi to Agra, you can travel in Volvo buses that run daily overnight by tourism department. The money you save could be used in shopping, having good food and comfortable stays. The best advantage is that the drivers of these local terrains know each and every thing about the region and how to handle difficult situations. You can always refer to the reliable driver list in Ladakh mentioned in the article linked in Point 8 and get a hold of any one of them.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Thank you very much for your appreciated answer ! I’m sure your post will help me a lot to make some things better !
All the best wishes for your Ladakh trip Pattyn
Regards
Dheeraj
Hello dear Dheeraj,
I made my conclusion : we will do the trip with Leh taxi-driver. Do you have the e-mail adress of Rigzin and Tashi Namgyal, so I can take contact to talk about my trip and to ask if they are available in that period ? Thanks a lot !
Sorry Pattyn, I do not have the emails and I do not think they would be using the emails or rather internet. You may like to call them and get in touch with them.
Regards
Dheeraj
Hello dheeraj ji, me and 4 of my frnds r going to leh on 21st july. The problem is we booked a private car which is from chandigarh. Can u tell me is there any rules which restricts outside cars to roam in leh-ladakh region including kardungla pass, panggon tso,tso mariri,sarchu and coming back to manali from leh via rohtang pass ??
Hello Suniket,
Taxis outside Ladakh are not allowed to do any sightseeing within Leh – Ladakh. You can use them from drop-in and take-away modes only. So, the taxi you are hiring locally must have private number plate otherwise you will have to again hire a taxi within Ladakh and pay for your local taxi without using it. still, it might be cheaper considering huge cost of journey over Manali – Leh highway.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Thanx for the info. I just came to know that the car we have hired from chandigarh has a yellow number plate..so we asked our hotel owner to do something about it. He informed us that he can get a permit for it. But we have to pay something for that.
Yes Suniket, the hotel guys does charge money over the permits. Also, since it is yellow number plate then you need to hire a taxi again in Ladakh and no one can help you out on this matter in Leh, I believe. Taxi Unions does have very strict norms in Ladakh.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
HI DHIRAJ
IS THE ROAD FROM PATHANKOT TO UDHAMPUR VIA MANSAR LAKE IS GOOD TO BYPASS JAMMU TOWN ?
Hi Nilesh,
I have never been to that road, so cannot comment much about it. Do you plan to visit Mansar Lake as well?
Also, a humble request, not to use the CAPS as it appears shouting while reading. I try to refrain my replies to comments in bold.
Regards,
Dheeraj
Hi Dheeraj,
Thank you for everything that you have put in your blog, it has answered many of my questions, i am so glad that i stumbled on to this…
I am planning to take an extended trip(alone) of about two months to Himachal and J&K on my Enfield Classic bike, though your budget, itinerary helped a lot in that area, i am still stuck on what to take along with me and how to position my luggage on the bike so that there are no balance issues on the numerous hairpin turns or even on straight roads…
Waiting for your reply
Again Thanks a lot for all the information.
Hey Shravan,
Lucky you brother
… I think Shiva has replied to your query over email but since, replies from others on email only come back to me, I will forward his reply to you, check your spam too. I ain't a biker so ma not be best person to comment on placing the things but yes, you can check the list of things to carry for Leh – Ladakh or other trip including basic medical kit, clothing, must haves etc. at the link here: List of Things to Carry for Leh – Ladakh trip.
Regards
Dheeraj
hello dhiraj
i plan to leh via manali , sarchu , toso moriri . and for toso moriri i have to take innerline permit.its possible from manali ?
Nopes, nilesh. You cannot get the permits for Tso Moriri from Manali, you have to reach leh for the same or you can get in touch with some travel agent in Leh. It is highly not recommended to sleeep at Sarchu and then at Tso Moriri while going from Leh to Manali.
Regards
Dheeraj
hey dheeraj,
I had inquired before, but i cudnt find my answer anywher.
Hi Ankit,
I was offline for last couple of days and have replied back your comment. Let me know if you have any further queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj
Hi Dheeraj,
I am following this itinerary for my visit to Leh. Is this ok ?
day 1 – rest, Sankar monestary,shanti stupa
day 2 – alchi, likir, gurdwara, magnetic field
day 3 – via khardungla to nubra. overnight at khardungla
day 4 – return back to leh , by visit to hunder and diskit
day 5 – via changla to pangong . overnight at pangong
day 6 – via hemis return to leh
day 7 – fly back to delhi
Is this ok?
Hello Wally,
Plan looks fine and the only thing I will suggest is to always have a buffer day in Leh itself, before one takes his flight back home. There are cases when people do miss the flight due to road blockades and all, so it is always better to have a spare day at Leh itself before taking the flight. So, may be you can add a day or make a day trip to Pangong Tso lake on Day 5 which will give you the buffer on Day 6.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
PS: Sorry, for the delayed response, was offline for last few days.
First of all lots of compliments for this excellent blog and at such a granular level.
I am travelling to Leh end of July/ 4th week with my family. I did a lot of research early and found that families do travel with kids also. I hope there shld be no problem for child aged 10/ 11 yrs. Actually to tell you very honestly, at times I get nervous 'coz of reading on AMS, weather, road conditions etc…Just wondering what is awaited, but at same time I am excited to see a different canvass of nature.
Nextly, what basic medical kit and things need I carry?
Thank you for your attention
Hello Wally,
It is fine to take the children of such age group because AMS do not matter with respect to age. It can happen to anyone of any age. The only issue with children is that they tend to exert the body considering it the same kind of place and this elevates the chances of getting struck with AMS. Secondly, they are not much expressive about their uneasy feelings, so it is parents who need to watch out and take care that the child is not suffering from uneasy feelings, headache or nausea and is behaving properly. With 5+ year child, I think he/she would be able to convey the uneasiness with little efforts. If you notice any such feeling or he/she tells you about such a felling then please do not ascend anywhere, either descend to lower altitude or stay at the same place to watch things overnight and if symptom increase then start descending immediately. Same is applicable for any adult as well. And yes, do keep the body adequately hydrated!!
I will suggest you read some tips mentioned in the article here for better acclimatization and reducing chances of AMS.
Check the list of things to carry for Leh – Ladakh or other trip including basic medical kit, clothing, must haves etc. at the link here: List of Things to Carry for Leh – Ladakh trip.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Amazing piece Dheeraj. Could'nt believe that people could be helpful to this extent ! Seriously. The wealth of information and voluntary help you have been passing on greatly appreciated. Thanks once again
All the best for your trip, have a wonderful journey to Ladakh.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Dear Deeraj
I found this blog quite informative and hence like to have your thoughtful advise .
I have planned my next puja holiday with my family consisting of my wife and children aged 9 and 7.Due to acclimatization problem I planned Delhi to srinagar and then to leh via srinagar –leh highway. As I shall not manage such a long holiday at other times of the year I planned it in the Next puja holiday.But my relatives who have earlier visited there in the route informed me that the this route shall be closed from 15 the October to May.
Is it true , indeed. Moreover my travel plan is as follows. kindly give your opinion on that.
Schedule
19/10-Delhi –Srinagar
20/10 Local sight seen
21/10 Gulmarg
22/10-sonmarg
23/10-kargil night halt
24/10-Lamayuru halt
25/10-Leh night halt
25/10- local sight seen
26/10- pangong lake & back
27/10-rest
28/10-Nubra valley
29/10-rest
30/10-back
Regards
kamal Datta
Hello Kamal,
Nopes, you would be traveling from Srinagar – Leh Highway which will remain open by October or mid November types until the Zozi La pass is snowed out. So, I guess you will be able to manage your trip. The only suggestion I have for you is to make a day trip to Pangong Tso after you visit Nubra Valley. So, shift these places up and down in your plan.
In fact you have so many days in hand that you can also cover Tso moriri lake as well. Do get the heavy woolens with you, as it gets pretty cold in October.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
I find ur website very informative and well maintained.
I am planning a trip from delhi with my husband and 16month old baby in end of july. Being peek monsoon time, we are not able to decide a place. We cann't shift vacation to any other time also.
Please suggest some good options for us to visit for 4-5 days.
ok to travel by air/road.
Hello Richa,
Thanks a lot.
It is difficult to go up in hills in the peak monsoon season. I will suggest better you guys make a trip to Rajasthan, may be:
Jaipur + Udaipur + Mount Abu OR if you guys can fly then visit Daman and Diu (though it will be a different feeling in monsoon to that place).
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Thanks Dheeraj…
I will explore the options and would see where could we go:-)
You can also think about Orcha, Panchmarhi and Khajuraho in Madhya Pradesh.
Regards
Dheeraj
Hi Dheeraj,
Thanks for your valuable inputs. Meanwhile I have received a plan from some tour operator :
Day 1 -Checkin at Hotel. Leh Palace, Local Leh market, Shankar Gompa .Overnight stay at Leh (Mayflower Hotel)
Day 2 | Leh Local Sighseeing + Inner Line Permits. (Alchi, magnetic point, pathar sdaheb, sangam. Overnight at Leh
Day 3 leave for pangong via shey palace,thiksey. Night stay at pangong in Luxury Tent.
Day 4 Return to Leh. Night stay in Hotel.
Day 5 Leave for Nubra. Night stay in Luxury Tent.
Day 6 Return to leh. Night stay at Leh.
Day 7 Day excursion to hemis and stok palace. Night stay at Leh.
Day 8 Drop to Airport.
Is this plan OK. I have got aquote of Rs.41500 for 3 persons.
Please advice me.
Thanks
S K Singh
Dear SK Singh,
PLEASE DO NOT go with this plan and this travel agent, looking at the plan he has given it to you by making you sleep at Pangong first before Nubra Valley, he appears to be an Idiot to me considering he is an travel agent. If such idiots provide such risky itineraries, how can tourist rely on any info
… Anyways better plan it yourself and get in touch with driver directly and book hotel directly. Not even you will save more but you will do it rightly.
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
For the current leh – ladakh taxi union rate list 2012-13 including the contacts of some reliable taxi drivers within Leh – Ladakh, check the link here. You can get about 10-15% of discount by directly getting in touch with drivers and of course, talking in person rather on phone always help in bargaining more.
Let me know if you need the plan for yourself.
Regards
Dheeraj
Thanks Dheeraj. Yes I will certainly want your help in planning my tour. My tour is from 11-18 July (in and around leh only).
S K Singh
Dear SK Singh,
You can follow an itinerary below:
Day 1 | Delhi – Leh (By Flight)
– Checkin at Hotel. Many hotels provide free pick and drop from Airport. Ask while you book them.
– Take ample of rest as well as water or anything that keep your body hydrated enough. DO NOT OVER HYDRATE. Take ORS Soluted water or ORS – L tetra packs from home.
– Do not over exert your body at any cost. Avoid too much up-down on stairs or avoid it in entirety, if possible.
– After 5-6 Hrs of rest you can visit Leh Palace, Local Leh market, Shankar Gompa .
– If you feel exerted go back to Hotel, have dinner at Hotel and take rest. Avoid any exertion. Else continue and,
– Follow the sunset by stroll at Changspa road and have a nice dinner on varied cuisines offered in-around Changspa road.
– Go back to hotel for overnight stay at Leh.
Day 2 | Leh Local Sighseeing + Inner Line Permits
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here:
– Hire a taxi from Leh taxi stand or Hotel whichever suits you.
– Bargain hard with taxi driver. Book that single taxi for entire trip after explaining the complete plan.
– Take his inputs if you feel reasonable and if required modify the plan accordingly but should suits you best.
– Ask him to be with you guys starting first day itself, if required and charged reasonable else do it at your own.
– Again DO NOT over exert and take little steps and slow walks only.
– If feeling OK then do Local sightseeing include Namgyal Gompa, Leh Palace, Shanti Stupa, Shankar Gompa, Main Market, Hall of Fame, Spituk Gompa, Changspa Road Stroll in evening
– Do not use stairs at any of these places just to see them as it will exert your body much more.
– Overnight at Leh
Day 3 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 4 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh – Hemis Monastery – Pangong Tso Lake
– Cover either of Hemis, Thicksey and Shey on the go towards Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Pangong Tso (Spangmik or Lukung)
Day 6 | Pangong Tso Lake – Thicksey Monastery – Shey Palace – Leh
– Cover either of Hemis, Thicksey and Shey on return to Leh
– Overnight at Leh
Day 7 | Rest day at Leh to enjoy local culture and some shopping OR Monastery tour OR Sham Valley tour
– Overnight at Leh
– Monastery tour may include Hemis, Thicksey and Shey monasteries. They come on the route of Pangong Tso but as you will be doing day trip, it will be a bit hectic to include them on that day only.
– Sham Valley include Alchi, Likir, Basgo Palace, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu, Gurudwara Pather Sahib
Day 8 | Fly back home
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
We are traveling to Leh ladakh via Manali on 6th of July, 2012… Just wanted to know if it makes sense to carry a swiss tent? Would we be able to put it somewhere between Manali-Leh for one night and stay in the tent?
Hi Rajeev,
At all the recommended places to sleep at manali – Leh Highway you wil lbe able to find the tents/camps easily. So, it do not make much sense to carry your own tents unless you are very much into the self-adventure mode. Avoid sleeping at Sarchu at any cost while going to Leh from Manali because your body will not be acclimatized by the time you reach there. It is always better to stay either at Keylong/Jispa so that you do not feel sick or hit by AMS while going to Leh from Manali. I prefer staying at Jispa more because Keylong gives the feeling of a town while Jispa is more closer to nature having Bhaga river running just aside the Manali – Leh Highway at Jispa.
Regards
Dheeraj
Hi Dheeraj,
As per your advise I have booked Shanti Guesthouse for first two days and contacted Naseer (taxi driver).
Now please advise me about the clothings and foot wears to take along for Leh trip.
Best Regards
S K Singh
Dear SK Singh,
Please, check the list of things to carry for Leh – Ladakh or other trip including basic medical kit, clothing, must haves etc. at the link here: List of Things to Carry for Leh – Ladakh trip
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj, You are really an awesum guy!! Helping all the travellers and with the right info/ approach. Many thanks for such a work. God bless you.
I am also planning a trip in last week of July. Travelling by public transport from Delhi to Leh and will take a flight back from Leh to Delhi.
Need ur feedback on our plan. Some of the questions I have are within that.
-Friday 20 July 2012
Delhi to Jammu Eve. Train to Jammu
-Saturday 21 July 2012
Jammu to Srinagar reach by 12 noon. ..Have lunch .. Start for Srinagar.. Reach Srinagar by nite – Nite Stay in Srinagar
-Sunday 22 July 2012
Srinagar to Leh – Shared Taxi to Leh
-Monday 23 July 2012
Leh Permits / Local Sight seeing (Which places to go?)
(Where can we get motobikes? Rates?)
(Or Taxi/ Theur rates?)
(We are 2 of us and plan to take a bike? Thou we have not done long distance before however we r comfortable)- what do u suggest taking bike or Taxi?
(Shall we go to Nubra Valley first or to the Pangong Lake first?)
-Tuesday 24 July 2012
Leh – Khardung La – Nubra Valley – Leh
(Is it poosible to do it in 1 day?) If not places to stay in Nubra Valley?)
-Wednesday 25 July 2012
Leh – Karu – Shakti – Chang La – Durbuk – Tangste – Pangong Tso
(Is it poosible to do it in 1 day? What is advisable?) If not in 1 day, then places to stay in Pangong?)
-Thursday 26 July 2012
Leh & Around Back from Pangong and Rest in Leh- Nite stay in Hotel
-Friday 27 July 2012 – Buffer Day
-Saturday 28 July 2012
White water rafting in Indus River
-Sunday 29 July 2012
Leh to Delhi by Morning Flight
Pls help/ Kindly Suggest.
===========
Minimum how many days you require for delhi- leh -delhi trip.
Hi Vijay,
You can do it very tightly, by being on the roads all the time in 9-10 days or otherwise, you can check a very balanced and most common itinerary for Leh – Ladakh followed by many travelers including me at the link here: Most Common Itinerary for Leh – Ladakh. You can cut short it y a day or two after trimming one or two places.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Dear Dheeraj Sir,i read your 2010-aug Leh travelogue it is so interesting, of course i read almost 50% of your blog ,once again my hearty congrats to your Blog ,now i become a fan of you,every day without seeing your blog my day is not going,i have a doubt in your 2010 leh travelogue ,how you came from leh to Manali ( your car at Manali )i think i missed in your travelogue.
Whenever you have a time please give your advise to me,i want to go Leh,like you, can i park my car at any hotel in Manali,because i dont have expierence in those roads ,of course i have very good expirence in plain roads,just last month i went to North east & Bhutan in my car with the help of our Highway Guru Mr.HV Kumar( he given me total route plan with that i went to this trip .Now i want to go Leh,but i am afraid that in my car ,my car is Verna,i faced some problems at Gangtok while going steep roads,that is why i am fearing to go by car, please advise me can i park my car at Manali & from there shall i follow your travelogue,nobody is coming with me i have to go alone or may be one more person will come,please suggest me what are the interesting places ( must see places ) at Leh,i am from Hyderabd.Hyd – Manali i wil come by Car only.From Manali to leh – Manali please advise me.
Thank you so much in advance
Best regards
raju
Hello Raju,
Thanks for such appreciating words!! Well, I had t go back again over next weekend to get my car back
…
I am sure you would be really happy to know that I did my super fun, adventure filled journey in April – 2012 to Ladakh again and if you have time do stay tuned with this journey as well starting at link here, though still into Day 4 only
… Now coming back,
Well, yes you can park your car in hotel at Manali but again there is always a risk in leaving the car and you will be restless most of the time thinking about your car, at least I had that anxiety. I feel, with careful driving you can make it to Leh if you did the Bhutan and North East trip or better I will suggest drop the car at some relative's place and choose HPTDC bus service to travel since you are alone or just two to make it economic and convenient as well. If taking your own car, I will strongly suggest that you go through and read my series on Ladakh Self Drive tips at the links below:
7 Useful Tips for a Self Drive to Leh – Ladakh, Routes and Road Conditions In Leh – Ladakh | Ladakh Self Drive Tips, Fuel Availability In Leh – Ladakh | Ladakh Self Drive Tips
Also, either taking your own car or parking your car to some relative place in Delhi gives you the flexibility of doing whole circuit which has several advantages listed as here
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
I want to 8 adult helicopter ticket 21.07.12 Please arrange ticket
Hi Dheeraj,
Great work!! I have become a hardcore fan of your writing. Your experiences and the tips you have shared will be a great help to travellers.
I would like to revice your advice regarding Delhi-Manali-Leh-Srinagar-Delhi trip during early September this year.How will be the roads & climate?Will there be any snow in any of the route covered during that time?
Hi Albert,
Firstly, I will suggest you that please plan it in other direction as going via Srinagar – Leh Highway will be much much easier on your body and help you acclimatize to the high altitude of Manali – Leh Highway. Also, it allows you to enjoy the beauty of Manali – Leh by splitting the journey almost evenly in two days which is very difficult in the other direction. Thirdly, it will allow you to fit Tso Moriri lake into the itinerary in better way. You can read more reasons on the link here
In September, you will not find snow but colors would be just out of the world. I always love to go in September. Looking at past two years, we are having delayed or prolonged monsoons, so you might be going through some rains as well.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
Thank you very much for the reply. I would like to know if there is any provision to get bike( preferably bullet) from Leh and to drop at Manali? If it is possible, we are thinking of taking a flight from Delhi to Leh and take bike for rent. How do you see it?
Hi Albert,
Yes, there are some shops in Leh which do allow you to rent in a bike from them and drop it in Manali. Of course, the terms and conditions as well as the charges for such a service will be much more. Try out shops at Fort road, where you would be able to find some options for sure.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
we are two couples who are planning for a trip to Shimla – Manali during 3 week of Oct 12. I have penned down a itinerary, need your suggestions.
Day 1 – Reach Chandigarh and travel to Shimla
Day 2 – Kufri and surrounding
Day 3 – Shimla to Manali
Day 4 – Manali local
Day 5 – Rohtang Pass
Take night bus to Amritsar
Day 6 – Amritsar Golden temple- Waghah Border
Day 7 – Drive to Chandigarh
Few queries,
1. Is Oct good time to visit these places ?
2. Would there be snow in Kufri for skiing ?
3. Is it worth to travel shimla – Manali by day time or night t ime so that we can save a day ?
4. would there be snow in Rohtang, where we can play ?
5. Is it good to travel from Manali to Amritsar or Manali – Chandigarh – Amritsar ?
6. Is Shimla worth visiting or should be invest that time in Dharamshala ?
Alternate Itinerary is,
Day 1 :Reach Chandigarh, drive to Manali during night
Day 2 : Manali local
Day 3 : Rohtang
Day 4 : Manali to Dharamsala (day time)
Day 5 : Dharamsala local
overnight travel to Amritsar
Day 6 : Amritsar local
Day 7 : Back to Chandigarh
Thanks
Ashwini
Hello Ashwini,
1. Yes, October is a good time but don't plan it around Durga Puja as then you will find loads of tourists and rush in Himachal due to local festivale as well.
2. No, there will be no snow at Kufri
3. Nothing much scenic if you follow the traditional route but yes, if you go via Karsog or especially Jalori pass, worth doing it in daytime.
4. Not sure about this as I have not followed the other route which connecting Amritsar to Manali. But, seems you should follow the direct one instead going to Chandigarh and then doing Chandigarh Manali.
5. I would go with Dharamshala (your second itinerary)
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Thanks a lot Dheeraj.
Can you please tell me whether we can find snow in Rohtang pass during mid Oct ? If there is no snow, there is no point in going.
Hi Ashwini,
In mid-October, there is very little chances that you will find snow at Rohtang Pass unless there will be snowfall near to the dates you have planned which will last for a day or two.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
hello dheeraj ji , first of thanks alot for giving us information , really appreciable. i m in dhramkot i would love to see leh so way is preferable, i have 8 days is it comfortable ???? or i need more days to see leh. thanks alot, i would love to meet you. if posible …………….
Hello Neeraj,
Are you flying to Leh or you want to go by road? If by road then to cover 2 of the 3 major tourist destinations in Ladakh you will at least need 10-11 days ex. Delhi. Are you comfortable adding days? Or are you flying in and out of Leh?
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
hello dheeraj ji , thanks !!!! i m thinking to go by road, by manali ……….is it nice drive ????????? yes i can extend some more days if needed. i m going by bus. is it comfortable ????????? i m going alone otherwise i could go by bike. thank you very much giving eyes on my question.
Hello Neeraj,
Yes, it is a very nice and adventurous journey. I cannot say it is as comfortable as the road conditions are not that great and high altitude makes more trouble.
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
You are alone and private taxis are very costly in Leh but you will be able to find the shared taxi without much fuss at all. There are lots of flyers which people put at cafes, dine-ins, restaurants, travel agent desks/shops/whiteboards wanting to share the taxis for different trips within Ladakh. Even travel agent organize such shared taxis trip as well but charge a little higher about Rs 200-300 more than it would ideally cost. So, in worst case you can always go back to them and book a seat for yourself. Gelling up with people in Ladakh is more or less easy because many people travel solo and look forward to meet new people and share cultural thoughts and values over the trip. No where else in the world you will find more smiling and helpful people as Ladakhis are :)
As for the plan, you may like to follow something like:
Day 1 | Delhi – Manali/Solang Valley
– Better stay at Solang Valley and avoid Manali as sleeping at Solang Valley does help in acclimatization
– If going by own car, get the permit made in advance to drive on Manali – Rohtang Pass road through hotel/travel agent in Manali
– Overnight at Manali/Solang Valley
Day 2 | Manali/Solang Valley – Keylong
– Take HPTDC bus from Manali to Leh which includes night stay at Keylong with dinner and accommodation charges.
– Overnight at Keylong
Day 3 | Keylong – Leh
– Continue in the same HPTDC bus from Keylong to Leh
– Overnight at Leh
Day 4 | Leh Local Sighseeing + Inner Line Permits
– Local sightseeing include Namgyal Gompa, Leh Palace, Shanti Stupa, Shankar Gompa, Main Market, Hall of Fame, Spituk Gompa, Changspa Road Stroll in evening
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 6 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
Day 7 | Leh – Pangong Tso Lake – Leh
– Day trip to Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Leh
Day 8 | Leh – Keylong
– By HPTDC bus which halts at Keylong
– Overnight Keylong
Day 9 | Keylong – Manali
– Continue in HPTDC bus to Manali
– Overnight at Manali
Day 10 | Manali – Delhi
– Take HRTC or HPTDC bus from Manali to Delhi
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Sir,it is very very informative & very good site,one should appreciate your dedication to this blog,snaps are so good,the information & suggestions you are giving to the fellow travelers it is really great . best regards …. raju ( hyderabad )
Thanks alot Raju. Feels really good after reading such appreciating words.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
I will be visiting leh from 11-18 July with family. We are three adults. I would like to spend one night each in Pangong & Nubra. Please suggest me the best and most economical package deal.
Thanks
S K Singh
Hello SK Singh,
The blog is just for informational purpose and not to sell any deal or package rather to help/provide information related to Traveling. So, I cannot suggest you the deal but can help you find places to see, suggest accommodations, taxis etc.
Regards
Dheeraj
Sorry for the goofup. In fact I was sending mails to different operrators, in the same flow I wrote to you also.
What I mean is pleasae suggest me itinerary for 8days/7 nights (11-18 July)and guide me in selecting suitable budget accommodation and taxi. Is homestay option is available in Leh. We are a family of three adults.
Thanks
S K SINGH
Hello SK Singh,
Are these 8 days entirely in Ladakh? Are you flying in?
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
For the current leh – ladakh taxi union rate list 2012-13 including the contacts of some reliable taxi drivers within Leh – Ladakh, check the link here. You can get about 12-15% of discount by directly getting in touch with drivers and of course, talking in person rather on phone always help in bargaining more.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Yes, I am flying in from Delhi. Will it be advisable to book room only for one or two days and finalyse rest of the things after reaching Leh.
Hello SK Singh,
Yes, you can finalize the rest once you reach at Leh, this way it helps to get the right property for the stay. no for 8 days you can follow something like:
Day 1 | Delhi – Leh (By Flight)
– Checkin at Hotel. Many hotels provide free pick and drop from Airport. Ask while you book them.
– Take ample of rest as well as water or anything that keep your body hydrated enough. DO NOT OVER HYDRATE. Take ORS Soluted water or ORS – L tetra packs from home.
– Do not over exert your body at any cost. Avoid too much up-down on stairs or avoid it in entirety, if possible.
– After 5-6 Hrs of rest you can visit Leh Palace, Local Leh market, Shankar Gompa .
– If you feel exerted go back to Hotel, have dinner at Hotel and take rest. Avoid any exertion. Else continue and,
– Follow the sunset by stroll at Changspa road and have a nice dinner on varied cuisines offered in-around Changspa road.
– Go back to hotel for overnight stay at Leh.
Day 2 | Leh Local Sighseeing + Inner Line Permits
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here:
– Hire a taxi from Leh taxi stand or Hotel whichever suits you.
– Bargain hard with taxi driver. Book that single taxi for entire trip after explaining the complete plan.
– Take his inputs if you feel reasonable and if required modify the plan accordingly but should suits you best.
– Ask him to be with you guys starting first day itself, if required and charged reasonable else do it at your own.
– Again DO NOT over exert and take little steps and slow walks only.
– If feeling OK then do Local sightseeing include Namgyal Gompa, Leh Palace, Shanti Stupa, Shankar Gompa, Main Market, Hall of Fame, Spituk Gompa, Changspa Road Stroll in evening
– Do not use stairs at any of these places just to see them as it will exert your body much more.
– Overnight at Leh
Day 3 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 4 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh – Hemis Monastery – Pangong Tso Lake
– Cover either of Hemis, Thicksey and Shey on the go towards Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Pangong Tso (Spangmik or Lukung)
Day 6 | Pangong Tso Lake – Thicksey Monastery – Shey Palace – Leh
– Cover either of Hemis, Thicksey and Shey on return to Leh
– Overnight at Leh
Day 7 | Rest day at Leh to enjoy local culture and some shopping OR Monastery tour OR Sham Valley tour OR Fly back home
– Monastery tour may include Hemis, Thicksey and Shey monasteries. They come on the route of Pangong Tso but as you will be doing day trip, it will be a bit hectic to include them on that day only.
– Sham Valley include Alchi, Likir, Basgo Palace, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu, Gurudwara Pather Sahib
– Overnight at Leh
Day 8 | Fly back
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hey Dheeraj
You’re doing a fantastic job of helping / advising / inspiring / teaching & motivating people to travel, specially our great Indian Himalayas. Loved your blog, pictures and write-ups.
I’m currently living in Dubai, however, moving back to India (Delhi) next month. Will be working as a tour leader with this company G Adventures.
I’m planning a trip to Leh – Ladakh on bike with a couple of friends. I need your help for quite a few things, but the most important thing right now is about the bike.
Im planning to buy a new Royal Enfield Classic 500, I was told it takes ages for booking & delivery of a new bike.
Will you be able to check and let me know if a new RE Classic 500 (teal or battle green) is available in Delhi at the earliest, thru any showroom or dealer ? (full cash payment, so it can be faster).
Sorry for the trouble, but I just need things to be organised by the time im there so i save time.
I’ve planned to begin my trip from 17th July onwards. I’ll inform you my itinerary & other details in the course of the month.
Please if possible can u help / arrange / provide information about acquiring my new bike ASAP, its really important.
Thanks in advance.
Tc, Regards
Z
Hello Zahid,
Firstly thanks alot and I am really glad that being such an avid/passionate traveler you love the info. present on the blog and found it useful to your needs. Hmm, though I have a very little idea about bikes, infact I ride it (RE Classic) for the first time in Ladakh in April only
, but I will try ask my biker friends if someone can post their inputs or directions on the same.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
hi Zahid,
Unless you have extraordinary reference/influence, getting RE500 in 30 days is Dream. Some are even ready pay premium for new bike, still most are waiting. If I’m correct now the running waiting period is 10-12 Months.
Heard, some tried directly to Factory with in influence, returned with Sad face.
Hope this info helps you.
G.SS
hi dhirajsir
i want to know abought Lunar Landscape . distance from kargil or sonmarg .
Hi Nilesh,
Following is the distance break up on Srinagar Leh Highway, from Sonamarg to Lamayuru:
Sonamarg – Drass (65 KMs), Drass – Kargil (55 KMs), Kargil – Mulbekh (40 KMs), Mulbekh – Lamayuru (70 KMs)
I hope this helps. Please let me know in case you have any doubts or queries.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
I am planning to visit ChandraTal in first week of July. I need help in structuring a possible trip. would really appreciate your comments about feasibility of the plan in my mind.
29th night around 12AM: start from Gurgaon towards Manali.
30th June: overnight stay in Manali.
1st July: Start at 7AM towards Losar (stay at Nomads if available).
2nd July: Start around 11 AM towards ChandraTal via Kunzum pass. Stay at ChandraTal.
3rd july: Either stay at ChandraTal or drive back to Manali.
4th July: Start towards Gurgaon.
Questions: I hope that this plan is not exhaustive, if it is please suggest a way around.
2) will accommodation be available in ChandraTal around those dates (approx idea will help a lot).
3) Though i will be travelling by Scorpio, however, not sure if can drive on this terrain (i did drive to Auli (Uttranchal) without any issues). so should i take a cab?
4) If i am taking a cab, should i prebook it or hire it from manali taxi stand (economical option please).
5) Approx cost for the taxi for the above route.
I would really appreciate your inputs. (Many thanks in advance).
Vivek
Hi Vivek,
1. Plan is good, the only thing is the AMS concerns at Losar on the second day itself which is about 4000 Mtrs. I guess we have limited option too because you have to do Chandratal so staying at Losar is the only good option otherwise going all the way to Kaza or Tabo and then starting from there would cost more than 2 or 4 Hrs (Tabo to Losar) extra. So, you have to somehow take a chance with AMS and go sleep at Losar. Call Sahil and ask for about 50% discount that he offers for my blog and he will keep it booked for you. You will have to come back from Chandratal as without your own tents, you will not be able to stay there. Rest of the plan looks OK to me.
2. It is difficult because road will be opened or not will be uncertain. One of the guy/reader of the blog is going there on 20th june, may be he will have the latest updates. But, as per locals this time it would be late setting up tents there.
3. May take a driver instead of taxi. The terrain is very harsh and way too difficult than Auli. You will also need to get permit from Manali SDM office to ply your own car on Manali – Rohtang Pass road.
4. Hire it in Manali only, there will be plenty of options.
5. Taxi for the entire trip might cost you about 15-18K for three days AFAI guess.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
Your website is real help for travelers like me… Amazing info… beautiful pics & prompt response… Thanks a ton for your prompt response.
Really appreciate it.
Regards,
Vivek
Hi Vivek,
Thanks alot Vivek, have a great journey!!
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Dheeraj Bhai,
Kudos on your latest trip to Ladhak.
Waise i will be landing in Leh on 17th June by 5:15 am flight from delhi.Would taxi's be available @ the Leh airport at 6.30am in the morning or do we need to book taxi's in advance ?,I know this query sounds silly but don't want to get stuck at the airport & we may also be hit by AMS.
Secondly i believe the DC office is closed on sundays right?
Thirdly since we are going by flight is 1 day rest sufficient or we need to rest for 2 days ?
One last Question-Any idea if pharmacies available n Leh 24×7 ,not sure if Diamox is available in Delhi.
Hi Laukik,
Thanks bhai!! Yes, it was super fun as ever
…
1. You will be able to get taxis, no problems I see there. Otherwise, have few numbers in handy which may come to rescue worst case, highly unlikely though. For the current leh – ladakh taxi union rate list 2012-13 including the contacts of some reliable taxi drivers within Leh – Ladakh, check the link here. You can get about 12-15% of discount by directly getting in touch with drivers and of course, talking in person rather on phone alwayshelp in bargaining more.
2. Yes, DC office will be closed on Sunday.
3. Nopes, tae at least two days rest as you would not like to be in a situation where you are stuck at some remote place with AMS.
4. It is available in Delhi buddy, I used to get it from medical shops at least in Dwarka
… Check few more pharma shops.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Thanks Dheeraj for the valuable information.Reading through your latest travel log to Ladhak you dint seem to have taken rest on day 2 so thought that 1 day rest should be sufficient,but i guess we can cover close by areas like Magnetic hill or Sham valley just like you did ?
Secondly wanted to book a cheap or moderate hotel but none of them seem to be picking up their phones(No you have provided on your blog),my Bad
.Guess i will no other option then to directly walk in to a guest house/hotel & inquire once we reach Leh ,any suggestions here ?
Hi Laukik,
For two reasons – I was running on Diamox and secondly, keeping body hydrated throughtout with ORS
… So, this helped to roam in Sham Valley. You can do Sham Valley but do not exert much.
Keep trying as mostly, they are away from des doing one thing or other. Try early in the morning or late evening. Greenland Homestay had some really good reports on the FB page recently.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Thanks Bhai,
Finaly got hold of Kidar guest house.Booking confirmed
That is great, Kidar is good one. Have a great trip ahead!!
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj, this is raj here. I have just come back from a 10 day long trip to leh via manali with my better half on our Enfiled. Before going I had taken a few pointers from your site, which were really helpful. Thanks a lot. The journey is great, ofcourse challenging at places, especially since the road has just opened and there's snow at all the "La's". But no doubt a Lifelong experience. All the best to other bikers.
Thanks alot Raj for updating others as well and cheers for your wonderful trip to Ladakh. Would love to see pictures or hear from you about the experience.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi,
Can you please advice on the Road condition between Leh to Manali!
G.SS
Hi Dheeraj,
I am planning to travel to Leh. Honestly the planned part is that I am leaving from Mumbai for Chandigarh on 16th June (flight). Will take a bus to Manali (have to look at options but I am sure I will find a bus or something). Rest on 17th and also hire a bike. Then ride to Leh over to day. Stay for two day and then return on bike (else leave the bike and take a bus or something). I have been advised by people to not to travel alone on bike. It makes sense also considering getting stuck in desert alone is not on the priority list at all. I was hoping that I can meet some group on 17th in Manali and go together. Else was wondering if there is a way to find people who are travelling on he same day. Not an avid internet user so not sure how to find co-travelles. Also this is my first trip on that road and I planned only yesterday and booked my flight tickets to chandigarh. Please help.
Hi Raja,
Yes, there is all possibility to join other biker groups/individuals once you reach Leh or on Highway. You will find plenty of people out there with whom you guys can tag along. So, don’t worry on that front, just have a stroll in the main market and changspa road and I am sure you will get in touch with such riders.
Otherwise, you can tag along online in travel partners sections of BCMT or IndiaMike forums.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
hi dheeraj…
we are planing our trip to delhi to leh on 20june for 10 days.plz guide us the best route we should take via manali or via srinagar.althoughwe want to take whole round.plz guide us by which route we start our trip,plz mention the distance of both routes n route plan….
Hi Anil,
Firstly, I will suggest you that please plan it in other direction as going via Srinagar – Leh Highway will be much much easier on your body and help you acclimatize to the high altitude of Manali – Leh Highway. Also, it allows you to enjoy the beauty of Manali – Leh by splitting the journey almost evenly in two days which is very difficult in the other direction. Thirdly, it will allow you to fit Tso Moriri lake into the itinerary in better way. You can read more reasons on the link here
You can check a very balanced and most common itinerary for Leh – Ladakh followed by many travelers including me at the link here: Most Common Itinerary for Leh – Ladakh.
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
For the current leh – ladakh taxi union rate list 2012-13 including the contacts of some reliable taxi drivers within Leh – Ladakh, check the link here
Check the list of things to carry for Leh – Ladakh or other trip at the link here.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards,
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
We are planning a trip to Leh in last two weeks of August and found all your info very useful and to the point. Thanks for posting all the info.
We are from Pune and have planned tour between 17 August 2012 and 5th Sept 2012.
Our plan is enjoy the whole Ladakh by road travel i.e. Manali To Leh to Srinagar.
AS per info from your website we can take permit for non HP registered vehicle and can travel to Leh.
However recently I got info that now onwards (2012 onwards) all non HP registred vehicles are not permitted. Request you to please advice/confirm on the same info.
My 2nd question is
Can I take my WagonR (Self Drive) through Manali-Leh-Srinagar? How safe it is particulary in last weeks of August to drive WagonR on this way?
Hi Shriram,
Nopes, you can take permit and can go through Rohtang Pass – Manali road. Read here for more information.
However, I will suggest you that please plan it in other direction as going via Srinagar – Leh Highway will be much much easier on your body and help you acclimatize to the high altitude of Manali – Leh Highway. Also, it allows you to enjoy the beauty of Manali – Leh by splitting the journey almost evenly in two days which is very difficult in the other direction. Thirdly, it will allow you to fit Tso Moriri lake into the itinerary in better way. You can read more reasons on the link here
For WagonR taking on Manali – Leh Highway and Ladakh, I will suggest you read about section "Private Vehicles i.e. Cars and Bikes | Self Drive or Ride to Ladakh" in the article linked here: How to plan a journey on Manali – Leh Highway to give you an idea what to expect in self drive in hatch back. For a quick read:
The roads may not be in best condition during monsoon and you will face few tough challenges on the route. The hatchback/sedan will increase the level of every challenge even further. My suggestion will be to go via Srinagar route as it will help you feel comfortable with the driving, provide more acclimatization and then once you have done the local Leh Ladakh come back via Manali side. Secondly, since you are in hatch/sedan back then you need to drive with extra care as well. There will be some sections on the Manali – Leh highway in which you might need to sacrifice some scratches on the underbelly. Just make sure you do not bump the engine sump (know it before where it is placed in your car). You need to protect it all around the trip. Thirdly, whenever in doubt do not rush into the section rather park aside and feel the section with your foot, see how other vehicles are crossing it and make a planned route in your mind to cross that section. At the very least do carry Mseal, quick fix, funnel, jerry cans and towing rope with you all the time.
Also, I will strongly suggest that you go through and read my series on Ladakh Self Drive tips at the links below:
7 Useful Tips for a Self Drive to Leh – Ladakh, Routes and Road Conditions In Leh – Ladakh | Ladakh Self Drive Tips, Fuel Availability In Leh – Ladakh | Ladakh Self Drive Tips
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards,
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
Thanks for the confirmation and other info. I really appreciate the efforts taken by you while replying to my queries as well as to queries of others. Hats off to you for your dedication to help and provide info to Ladakh travellers.
I am planning my journey from Manali side as few of my friends and relatives from Pune and other locations have already booked their all tickets in accordance with travel plan which starts from Delhi to Manali to Leh and then Srinagar. They have all tickets booked like train ticket from Pune/Mumbai to Delhi and air ticket from Srinagar to Pune/Mumbai.
We were little unfortunate that we have not been through your website before booking the tickets.
We will be in touch for further updates and information. Will provide inputs on your website if we get any more new and useful info.
Thanks and Regards
Shriram
Thanks alot Shriram and have a wonderful trip ahead
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Dheeraj, I'm in Chandigarh and plan to leave for Leh on my Bullet along with my wife around Jun 20 this year. I find your blog is a goldmine of info for my trip. Could you possibly put me in touch with a Chandigarh Bullet club so I can find other riders who I can ride with.
Hi Uday,
For that you can get in touch with guys here
Regards
Dheeraj
Hi Dheeraj,
Thanks to your site, I got a company for myself for the Leh trip. Jassi and I are now planning together for the trip and we have come up with a travel itinerary, on which we would like to have your comments
Day 1: Delhi- Leh ( by air) ( rest + ILP+ local sight seeing in evening)
Day 2: Leh – Khardung La – Diskit (Nubra Valley) – Hunder – Diskit
Day 3: Hunder/Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
Day 4: Leh Local Sightseeing Leh
Day 5: Leh – Hemis – Pangong Tso
Day 6: Pangong Tso – Thicksey – Shey Palace – Leh
Day 7: Sham Valley Tour around Leh including Magnetic Hills, Gurudwara Pather Sahib, Likir, Basgo, Confluence at Nimmu , Alchi ( stay at Alchi)
Day 8: Alchi- Lamayuru- Kargil
Day 9: Kargil- Srinagar
Day10: Srinagar (local sightseeing)
Day11: Srinagar -Delhi ( by air)
We would like comments on the above schedule as well as would like to know where we can get decent as well as economical stay arrangements in Leh?
Hello Padma,
That is great to hear!! Now, you two can plan it together easily even if not in a group. Well, I will suggest something like below:
Day 1 | Delhi – Leh (By Flight)
– Checkin at Hotel. Many hotels provide free pick and drop from Airport. Ask while you book them.
– Take ample of rest as well as water or anything that keep your body hydrated enough. DO NOT OVER HYDRATE. Take ORS Soluted water or ORS – L tetra packs from home.
– Do not over exert your body at any cost. Avoid too much up-down on stairs or avoid it in entirety, if possible.
– After 5-6 Hrs of rest you can visit Leh Palace, Local Leh market, Shankar Gompa .
– If you feel exerted go back to Hotel, have dinner at Hotel and take rest. Avoid any exertion. Else continue and,
– Follow the sunset by stroll at Changspa road and have a nice dinner on varied cuisines offered in-around Changspa road.
– Go back to hotel for overnight stay at Leh.
Day 2 | Leh Local Sighseeing + Inner Line Permits
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here:
– Hire a taxi from Leh taxi stand or Hotel whichever suits you.
– Bargain hard with taxi driver. Book that single taxi for entire trip after explaining the complete plan.
– Take his inputs if you feel reasonable and if required modify the plan accordingly but should suits you best.
– Ask him to be with you guys starting first day itself, if required and charged reasonable else do it at your own.
– Again DO NOT over exert and take little steps and slow walks only.
– If feeling OK then do Local sightseeing include Namgyal Gompa, Leh Palace, Shanti Stupa, Shankar Gompa, Main Market, Hall of Fame, Spituk Gompa, Changspa Road Stroll in evening
– Do not use stairs at any of these places just to see them as it will exert your body much more.
– Overnight at Leh
Day 3 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 4 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh – Hemis Monastery – Pangong Tso Lake
– Cover either of Hemis, Thicksey and Shey on the go towards Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Pangong Tso (Spangmik or Lukung)
Day 6 | Pangong Tso Lake – Thicksey Monastery – Shey Palace – Leh
– Cover either of Hemis, Thicksey and Shey on return to Leh
– Overnight at Leh
Day 7 | Rest day at Leh to enjoy local culture and some shopping or you can do tour to Sham Valley
– Sham Valley include Alchi, Likir, Basgo Palace, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu, Gurudwara Pather Sahib
– Overnight at Leh/Alchi
Rest like you have already noted:
Day 8: Alchi- Lamayuru- Kargil
Day 9: Kargil- Srinagar
Day10: Srinagar (local sightseeing)
Day11: Srinagar -Delhi ( by air)
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
Any specific reason for dropping Manali – Leh Highway?
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj!! Thanks for the reply.
Dropping Manali-Leh highway for a simple radon that there are more options for air travel from Srinagar.
U have suggested initial 2 days at leh, where as we had one day ( leh local) in between trips to Nubra and Pangong.
-Is there any specific reason for 2 continues days at leh?
- haven't seen any details for night stay at Alchi in your blog, could you suggest one please.
Thanks
Jassi
Hi Jassi,
1. Yes, it is precisely the reason of acclimatization. I hope you have gone through the points mentioned below those days on how you need to keep body hydrated, not jump/run around places and keep exertion to minimum etc. DO NOT take it lightly at all as I have seen many who return to home the next day after challenging the AMS. Some people do not even feel better even on third day as well, so keep rest days at least two and whenever walking in the initial days try to keep your pace slow.
2. Following options are available at Alchi –
– Sum-Tseg camps run by the Alchi monastery. The double bedded tent accommodation with shared bathrooms cost Rs 250/ night.
– There is a hotel run by Likir Monastery right in front of Alchi Monastery.
– Zimkhang Guest House | 01982 – 254680/227086
– Alchi View | 01982 – 227030
Most of them will be basic homestay types of accommodation, so economic too.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards,
Dheeraj Sharma
Thanks a lot, we will be arriving at leh on Day 1 around 6:30-7:00AM and will be resting the whole day, meanwhile ask the hotel guys to get us the ILP.
You have mentioned that we have to give place and specific dates for the same. As our plan is to go to Nubra valley and Pangong Tso, I am thinking while applying for the permit will ask for a date range starting Day2 ending Day6. So we have option in case we feel comfortable on Day 2 to go to either of Nubra or Pangong Tso, and if not then will take rest day 2 n go on day3.
What is the ideal time to leave leh while traveling to Nubra valley and Pangong Tso and on the way back?
One of my friend has also joined us with his wife and 5year old baby girl so mostly we will be traveling by tourist taxi.
hi Jassi,
In anycase, I would request that you do not travel to high altitude on the second day even if you guys feel good. It takes less than an hour to get hit by AMS and down!!! As I said, sometimes people even need three days. Secondly, DO NOT go to Pangong Tso before Nubra Valley. Sleeping at Pangong Tso before Nubra Valley is like easy invitation for getting into trouble and jeopardizing the trip.
Leave by 7.30 AM positively, so as to enjoy a bit while on the way and take ample of rest for the day after reaching the destination. That is nice, just take care of the baby and do not let her run around too much for initial days.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi,
I refer to you thread on the itinerary on Leh and Ladakh.
http://devilonwheels.com/index.php/most-common-it…
It seems like a lot of time on the road
Any recommendation for a 2 weeks itinerary, during Ladakh Festival ?
For example, only cover Srinagar – Leh Highway Or Manali – Leh Highway
and even flying back from Srinagar –> New Delhi
I will be hiring a private driver and vehicle , and our my main activity will be photography
I am from Singapore , by the way .
Thanks in advance
Regards,
Wee Siong
Hello Wee,
Day 1 | Delhi – Leh (By Flight)
– Checkin at Hotel. Many hotels provide free pick and drop from Airport. Ask while you book them.
– Take ample of rest as well as water or anything that keep your body hydrated enough. DO NOT OVER HYDRATE. Take ORS Soluted water or ORS – L tetra packs from home.
– Do not over exert your body at any cost. Avoid too much up-down on stairs or avoid it in entirety, if possible.
– After 5-6 Hrs of rest you can visit Leh Palace, Local Leh market, Shankar Gompa .
– If you feel exerted go back to Hotel, have dinner at Hotel and take rest. Avoid any exertion. Else continue and,
– Follow the sunset by stroll at Changspa road and have a nice dinner on varied cuisines offered in-around Changspa road.
– Go back to hotel for overnight stay at Leh.
Day 2 | Leh Local Sighseeing + Inner Line Permits
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here: http://devilonwheels.com/index.php/inner-line-per…
– Hire a taxi from Leh taxi stand or Hotel whichever suits you.
– Bargain hard with taxi driver. Book that single taxi for entire trip after explaining the complete plan.
– Take his inputs if you feel reasonable and if required modify the plan accordingly but should suits you best.
– Ask him to be with you guys starting first day itself, if required and charged reasonable else do it at your own.
– Again DO NOT over exert and take little steps and slow walks only.
– If feeling OK then do Local sightseeing include Namgyal Gompa, Leh Palace, Shanti Stupa, Shankar Gompa, Main Market, Hall of Fame, Spituk Gompa, Changspa Road Stroll in evening
– Do not use stairs at any of these places just to see them as it will exert your body much more.
– Overnight at Leh
Day 3 | Rest day at Leh to enjoy local culture and some shopping or you can do tour to Sham Valley
– Sham Valley include Alchi, Likir, Basgo Palace, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu, , Gurudwara Pather Sahib
– Overnight at Leh
Day 4 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 5 | In Nubra Valley | Go Upto Panamik and come back may be or stay at Panamik only
– Take Rest and enjoy the wals in local villages
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
Day 6 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Overnight at Leh
Day 7 | Leh – Hemis Monastery – Pangong Tso Lake
– Cover either of Hemis, Thicksey and Shey on the go towards Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Pangong Tso (Spangmik or Lukung)
Day 8 | Pangong Tso Lake – Thicksey Monastery – Shey Palace – Leh
– Cover either of Hemis, Thicksey and Shey on return to Leh
– Overnight at Leh
Day 9 | Rest day at Leh to enjoy local culture and some shopping or you can do tour to Sham Valley
– Sham Valley include Alchi, Likir, Basgo Palace, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu, , Gurudwara Pather Sahib
– Overnight at Leh
Day 10 | Leh – Tso Moriri via Chumathang
– Cover Karzok Monastery
– Overnight at Karzok or Tso Moriri
Day 11 | Tso Moriri – Tso Kar – Debring (Manali – Leh Highway starts) – Moore Plains – Pang / Sarchu
– Try to start early in the day so that you reach Sarchu where the accommodation options are better than Pang
– Overnight at Sarchu or Pang
Day 12 | Pang / Sarchu – Baralacha La – Jispa
– On the way cover Suraj Tal, Deepak Tal which are on the road sides only
– Overnight at Jispa
Day 13 | Jispa – Keylong – Rohtang Pass – Manali
– Overnight at Manali
Day 14 | Manali – Delhi
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
hi dhiraj sir,
i want to know that from leh to manali road rohtang pass is close for one day of week and which is that day ?
Hi Nilesh,
The road is closed usually for up going traffic i.e. from Manali to Rohtang Pass and that day is Tuesday which is the maintenance day at Rohtang Pass. If you are coming from Leh then you will be allowed to descend AFAIK.
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj
I was planning a trip from Shimla to Manali via Kalpa-Kaza-Keylong. But it seems that the road from Kaza to Keylong via Kunzum Pass is closed. Could you let me know the date by which it will be opened. From what I have heard till now from various sources, it can open any time in the next 2-3 days.
Regards
Gagan
Hi Gagan,
It seems tough I guess that it will open within next 2-3 days. Keep a week aside for it at least to be on safe side.
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Thanks for the response.
I was told that it would open for smaller vehicles with in a short span. Also we were planning to go in a car (Maruti Dzire or Tata Indigo). Would that be ok for this trip or do we need a bigger vehicle like a Mahindra Scorpio or Innova?
Hi Gagan,
Go with vehicle like Scorpio or Innova because the way from Rohtang Pass to Kunzum Pass and ahead upto Losar will be really bad and in tatters. It is almost like a river bed with lots of loose and sharp stones.
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
I really like the passion you have to visit the heaven as well as helping others do the same. I am a working girl based right now at Delhi. My friends and I had a plan to visit Leh this year July but as the day is approaching, all have backed out due to various reasons. But, I still want to go there even if I have to go alone. So I started working in this direction and now am planning to join many of the bike tours which operate for Leh. I am still a bit skeptic and would like to which one is best for me. Right now I have shortlisted Aseemearth arranged tour which is in my budget of 30000 rupees. Could you tell me your views about it. And suggest me if there are any more such groups where I can join.
Hello Padma,
Well budget seems OK to me but you alone would be joining the bike ride for Leh? Did you ride previously in harsh conditions ever? The ride to Leh is not an easy ride to do and being a girl, if you haven't got experience then I guess it will tough especially the Manali – Leh Highway. I know a lady in Manali who conduct bike tours for Ladakh. In fact, she is the only biker lady to do Sach Pass/Pangi Valley and have conducted women tours in the past. I you want I can get you connected with her?
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Thanks a lot Dheeraj.
I would definately like to get connected to that lady. And in the option I earlier mentioned. I was not exactly driving a bike but sitting behind any random person who is alone or they gave me a second option of SUV. So I opted for the SUV. But if you think that lady suits my requirement better, I would be more than happy. Please help!!
Thanks,
Padma
Guess, that SUV shall be fine and in case you tie up with some other group that will also be great. The lady conducts bike tours only and as I though you are riding on a bike so wanted you to get in touch with here. Better go in a taxi with some group.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Padma! I m working girl too living in gurgaon and planning a trip to Leh in July 2012. As if now it's a group of my friends but I might end up like u all by myself.
Let me know if u r intersted.
Hi Jassi,
I really appreciate the offer. Could me plan and meet sometime in person and talk about it? My email id is dipaliqween@gmail.com
We can communicate through email directly if you are interested.
Hi Dheeraj,
Thanks for providing valuable information to everyone. I would really appreciate if you could can provide me a list of few good value for money hotels & houseboats list (budget:Rs 1000-1200) for Srinagar/Sonmarg/Gulmar/Pahalgam.
Hi Chanak,
Sorry buddy, since never stayed at these places so can't really suggest it.
Regards
Dheeraj
Hi Dheeraj ji,
I need trip plan for shimla and manali(1N/2D in SHimla and 3N/4D in Manali) and places to visit. My major interests are to enjoy Nature,forests,Snow(Very important),skii,rafting. and also i need information about hotels in shimla and manali. Hotel should be away from city crowd with calm atmosphere , cool climate and great views. Hotel budget is around 1000-1500. How about Hotel Sunrise Villa in Shimla? and also i need info abt cab hire for shimla and manali sparately,so need good and reliable cab driver details in reasonable price. Is it possible to cover Naggar,Kullu Manikaran and SPITi valley? in 3N/4D manali schedule. One day fully for Rohtang pass Snow point and Solang valley is must(Morning(9 to12) Rohtang pass and noon after 2 -5 PM solang valley is enough to enjoy both the places ?) . Can local sight seeings can be done every day evenings from 5-8 pM is enough ? Please give me best possible ideas.
Below is my travel dates,
08Jun2012 – Starting frm B'lore in KA exp.
10Jun2012 – Delhi to Kalka by howrah dli klk mail – reach kalka by 11 Jun2012 4.30 AM
11Jun2012 – 5.30AM Kalka – Shimla by Toy train – Shivalik dlx exp.
- Reach SHimla by 11AM
11Jun2012 and 12June2012 – In Shimla – Please give your advices on places to vist,Hotels and Cabs as i mentioned in above types.
12June2012 – 9.30PM – Shimla -Manali by Deluxe HRTC Bus
13Jun2012 – Reach Manali by 7 AM
13,14,15,16 June2012 – Manali – Please give your advices on places to vist,Hotels and Cabs as i mentioned in above types.
(I have to cover more nearby places, Also tell me if any intersting enroute places and second half of 15th june and first half of 16th june i will be in naggar castle so advice accordingly – I like to see kullu and local kullu sight seeing like shawl factory etc..)
16June2012 – 5.30 PM – To delhi by HPTDC Volvo. Please give me a good itinery and ideas on places to visit. It will be very helpful for me to plan my trip and do the pre bookings and enjoy the trip.
So my stay in shimla would be 11th June 2012(After 12PM) – Half day (Noon and Evening) and 12June2012 – Full day Upto night 8PM.. And in Manali
13,14,15,16 June 2012 – In the above dates 15thJune2012 12 Noon Check in to Naggar castle and 16th June2012 12 Noon Check out of naggar castle. – what is the time taken from Manali – Naggar by taxi and Bus. ? is Public transport buses are avlbl to naggar frm manali ? what are the places can be covers in naggar one day stay ? kullu is possible on 15th or 16th June ? And give me itinary for 13th and 14th June in Manali ? Can Rohtang pass ,solang valey,nehu kund,kothi,rahala,marhi,gulaba can be covered in one day if started early morning 5 o clk from manali ? pls provide me detailed itinerary for shimla and manali in above given dates .. Please suggest good hotels in manali for 13th and 14th June and my budget is 2000-2500.. Also suggest hotels in shimla for one night stay 11June2012 at same budget.. I am open to all kinds of suggestions..and it will be very great and helpful if u provide all the above details..
Hi Sundar,
Firstly, you have written so much about the plan which clearly states how much excited are you for it
… Please correct me if I am wrong but overall I see you have about 6 days to enjoy both Shimla and Manali. For that I will suggest below plan:
Day 1 | Reach Shimla. Check-in and rest at hotel. In the second half explore local Shimla including Shimla Ridge, Mall Road, Lakkar Bazaar, Back to Hotel By Evening.
Day 2 | Around Shimla, a relaxing day. Jakhoo Temple, State Museum, Mall Road, Ridge etc. as you like or may be you can do Shimla – Kufri – Chail – Shimla (Kufri will not be much worth a visit in May) and on return visit Jakhoo temple.
Day 3 | Reach Manali in the morning and take rest up to noon. In the evening you can do Manali Local sightseeing which includes Hadimba Temple, Manu Temple, Mall Road, Local Monastery, Vashisth Hot Water Springs (never found it interesting) etc.
Day 4 | Manali – Snow Point at Marhi/Rohtang Pass. Enjoy in snow and come back to Manali
Day 5 | Manali – Naggar Castle (stay at Naggar and enjoy the place. Very romantic with great views and food. Visit Roerich Musueum, Art Gallery and do not miss the hike to ancient Krishna Temple at the top)
Day 6 | Naggar Castle – Manali – Delhi. Checkout from Naggar Castle by noon. Since, the volvo to Delhi will be around 5.30 PM types, so either you can spend sometime hanging around Naggar only and after lunch leave for Manali or you have the option to come back to Manali and hang around on Mall road and finally take the return bus. Or, you can also co-ordinate with bus HPTDC guys so that the bus pick you from the nearest pickup point for Naggar on the way to Delhi. Naggar Castle guys will arrange the taxi for the drop there. So, you can go and visit Manaikaran and kasol and come back to Naggar Castle, pick up the luggae and take the overnight volvo.
** if you have time then try, Manali Sanctuary can also be covered as it is just about 2-3 KMs from Manali town and there is trail which starts from Manali Log Huts or Dhungri temple that leads you into the woods.
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi dheeraj,
In manali which cottage is better ? hadimba or hamta huts ? or can u sugget any private hotels with separate balcony and Good views and nice ambience ? i need for 2Nights stay.. one night i have booked her highness suite in naggar castle(After reading ur blog i was very much impressed and decided to stay in cstle for one nyt.). also please suggest me a itinerary..
hi Sundar,
Both are same I guess it is just that other ones are larger and available for family. Check the through review of Hadimba Cottages here. But, generally I prefer Johnoson's Hotel or Jimmy Johnson's Hotel in Manali. Both are equally good. How many days you have?
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
Thanks for the info you are giving to travelers and I really appreciate all your help for the tourists.
Pls help us if it needs any change.our plan is mentioned below.
We r 6 frnds and planning to travel with own bike ( apache & pulsar 150 cc)from 10 th sep 2012 to 21 th sep 2012 .
Day 1 st(10 sep)
– will reach at 10:30 am in jammu from pune with bike carrying as a luggage in jhelum express .plan to reach in Srinagar on evening .Is it possible ?
Day 2 –srinagar local sight seeing (11 sep)
Day 3 – Srinagar to kargil (12 sep)
Day 4 –kargil to leh (13 sep)
Day 5- leh local sight seeing and ILP(14sep)
Day 6-leh to diskit (15 sep)
Day 7 –diskit –shyok village-spanmik(16 sep)
Day 8 –spangmik to leh(17 sep)
Day 9-leh to sarchu (18 sep)
Day 10-sarchu to manali(19 sep)
Day 11 – manali to kalka to catch the train paschim express.for bandra.( 20 sep)
Can you please tell me
1- Any need to take permission for bike to cross khardungla pass.
2- Can bike ride safe for leh –diskit-pangong tso-leh route.
3- Pls give us time schedule so that we match the above schedule on time ( wht time to start journey etc….)
4- If plan to hire bike in leh then how much it cost per day.
5- Wht precautions we have to take in the journey ?
Look forward for your help..
Regards
vinay
Vinay, guess I have just now replied to your earlier comment.
Regards
Dheeraj
Hi Dheeraj,
I appreciate your efforts for providing such information that it makes very easy to plan to trip to Leh , I am planning to go on Leh trip by road Delhi-Srinagar-Leh-Manali-delhi with my Friend and family and I was Excited and little scared also ..but after going thru your posts , I got many information about leh and now I am very much comfortable to plan my trip …I have plan my itinary as below –
Day Date Start End Night Stay at
Day Date Start End
1 09-06-2012 Delhi Patnitop
2 10-06-2012 Patnitop Srinagar
3 11-06-2012 Srinagar Sohanmarg
4 12-06-2012 Sohanmarg Kargil
5 13-06-2012 Kargil Alchi
6 14-06-2012 Alchi Leh
7 15-06-2012 Leh Pangong Lake
8 16-06-2012 Pangong Lake Leh
9 17-06-2012 Leh Nubra Valley
10 18-06-2012 Nubra Valley Leh
11 19-06-2012 Leh Sarchu
12 20-06-2012 Sarchu Manali
13 21-06-2012 Manali Delhi
we are spending 6 nights in Leh ..can you suggest if we plan the below -
1 Day – Alchi
2 Day – Leh
3 Day – Nubra
4 Day – Pangong
5 day – leh
6 day – leh
as before leaving leh we will have time to take rest for further long travel back to Delhi .
Need your advise …
Hi Sudhir,
How about if I suggest something like below which can help you see Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso and Tso Moriri all at ease and comfort?
Day 1 | Delhi – Jammu / Patnitop
– Overnight at Jammu or Patnitop
Day 2 | Jammu / Patnitop – Srinagar
– Enjoy walk around Dal lake and may be Shikara ride as well
– If you have time then check out, floating market, Shalimar Garden.
– Overnight at Srinagar
Day 3 | Srinagar – Sonamarg – Zozi La – Drass – Kargil
– Enjoy the vistas enroute
– Have late drunch meal at Drass is you are a vegetarian as sometimes it gets difficult to find veg. food at Kargil
– Overnight at Kargil
Day 4 | Kargil – Lamayuru – Leh
– Cover Mulbekh Maitrey, Lamayuru Moanstery, Lunar Landscapes
– On the way you can also see Gurudwara Pather Sahib, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Nimmu
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh Local Sighseeing + Inner Line Permits
– Local sightseeing include Namgyal Gompa, Leh Palace, Shanti Stupa, Shankar Gompa, Main Market, Hall of Fame, Spituk Gompa, Changspa Road Stroll in evening
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link : http://devilonwheels.com/index.php/inner-line-per…
– Overnight at Leh
Day 6 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 7 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
Day 8 | Leh – Hemis Monastery – Pangong Tso Lake
– Cover either of Hemis, Thicksey and Shey on the go towards Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Pangong Tso (Spangmik or Lukung)
Day 9 | Pangong Tso Lake – Thicksey Monastery – Shey Palace – Leh
– Cover either of Hemis, Thicksey and Shey on return to Leh
– Overnight at Leh
Day 10 | Rest day at Leh to enjoy local culture and some shopping or you can do tour to Sham Valley
– Sham Valley include Alchi, Likir, Basgo Palace, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Zanskar, , Gurudwara Pather Sahib
– Overnight at Leh
Day 11 | Leh – Tso Moriri via Chumathang
– Cover Karzok Monastery
– Overnight at Karzok or Tso Moriri
Day 12 | Tso Moriri – Tso Kar – Debring (Manali – Leh Highway starts) – Moore Plains – Pang / Sarchu
– Try to start early in the day so that you reach Sarchu where the accommodation options are better than Pang
– Overnight at Sarchu or Pang
Day 13 | Pang / Sarchu – Baralacha La – Keylong – Rohtang Pass – Manali
– On the way cover Suraj Tal, Deepak Tal which are on the road sides only
– Overnight at Manali
Day 14 | Manali – Delhi
– Return
Day 15 + 16 | Buffer days to be kept incase of road closure due to landslides or snowfall or perhaps you want to enjoy more.
Additional Points:
1. Instead of coming back to Leh from Nubra Valley, you can head towards Pangong Tso via Wari La route. This will give you an additional day which can be spent in Nubra Valley, Pangong Tso or Leh. If you are riding then you need to carry sufficient fuel for it.
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Would you please give me your contact number? I've something to tell you.
Do you need any details? We can surely discuss over email, I hope you will get the email as soon as I reply to this comment…
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
ji pls give ur number so that we can discuss abt my shimla / manali hm trip.. since i am south indian and tat too chennai(i dono hindi too ).. i need more guidance and help frm u ppl..pls send ur mobile number.. i am very much confused in pre-planning my trip.
I will email you my number Sundar, we can converse in English then
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Firstly, you probably get this a lot, but I'll still say this, your site is amazing. I can't thank you enough for the stuff that you've put up here. It's invaluable.
Ok. Me and my brother are planning to go to Ladakh- Leh, nubra valley, pangong tso, tsomoriri, khardungla. We haven;t booked out tickets beacause they are aroung 8000-10000. Is there any chance that the price might get reduced in some days for 1st -2nd of july. Also, we plan to tour these places on a bike. Though I know the roads are bad, I think my brother can still ride safely if we keep slow and alert. But the problem is that he isn't very experienced at riding a bike. He's only done it a few times and he is going to practice as much as he can till we go. We have to rent a bike in leh, and we dont have any other option because we can rent a taxi as it'll be too expensive. Please give me your suggestions about my trip.
Hi Siddharth,
Thanks alot buddy
… I do not see prices to go down in season time atleast. Even now Srinagar flights would be costly. You can surely do ride the bike as there are lots of bike rental services in Leh at fort road where you can get bikes at good rates. Well, if he is not that experienced I will never suggest that he attempt riding the bike. At places there are completely no roads, just dirt tracks. Plus bikes skid very quickly in dirt as you might be knowing and one wrong move could lead to accident 
… So, if he is not that experienced in riding bikes please do not force the issue because roads in Ladakh are not like anything anywhere other than Ladakh … Check my self-drive post and comments by some experienced guys, probably you will get the idea.
Better club with other tourists in Leh to share taxi cost or if you have good skills riding in hills then leave all your luggage at hotel and ride him as pillion.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards,
Dheeraj Sharma
Is it possible to club with other tourists and share costs to go to places like pangong tso and tsomoriri. Would we be able to find such people easily?
Hello Siddharth,
You will be able to find the shared taxi without much fuss at all. There are lots of flyers which people put at cafes, dine-ins, restaurants, travel agent desks/shops/whiteboards wanting to share the taxis for different trips within Ladakh. Even travel agent organize such shared taxis trip as well but charge a little higher about Rs 200-300 more than it would ideally cost. So, in worst case you can always go back to them and book a seat for yourself. Gelling up with people in Ladakh is more or less easy because many people travel solo and look forward to meet new people and share cultural thoughts and values over the trip. No where else in the world you will find more smiling and helpful people as Ladakhis are :)
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
We 6-7 friends are planning to leave from Kanpur on 31-May-2012 , then via Delhi by road to Kasol, Manali & then Leh / Ladakh etc. returning back to Kanpur on 10-June-2012.
We plan to take a car and 2-3 bikes. Please advice.
Hi Tahzeeb,
Though 10 days are very much less for Ladakh trip but still I will suggest something like below:
Day 1 | Delhi – Manali/Solang Valley
– Better stay at Solang Valley and avoid Manali as sleeping at Solang Valley does help in acclimatization
– If going by own car, get the permit made in advance to drive on Manali – Rohtang Pass road through hotel/travel agent in Manali
– Overnight at Manali/Solang Valley
Day 2 | Manali/Solang Valley – Keylong/Jispa
– It is always better to stay either at Keylong/Jispa so that you do not feel sick or hit by AMS.
– Avoid sleeping at Sarchu at any cost while going to Leh from Manali because your body will not be acclimatized by the time you reach there.
– I prefer staying at Jispa more because Keylong gives the feeling of a town while Jispa is more closer to nature having Bhaga river running just aside the Manali – Leh Highway at Jispa.
– Overnight at Keylong/Jispa
Day 3 | Keylong/Jispa – Leh
– Leave Keylong/Jispa early next morning, say by 4/5 AM types, so that you reach Leh in the evening.
– Overnight at Leh
Day 4 | Leh Local Sighseeing + Inner Line Permits
– Local sightseeing include Namgyal Gompa, Leh Palace, Shanti Stupa, Shankar Gompa, Main Market, Hall of Fame, Spituk Gompa, Changspa Road Stroll in evening
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 6 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
Day 7 | Leh – Pangong Tso Lake – Leh
– Day trip to Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Leh
Day 8 | Leh – Taglang La – Moore Plains – Pang – Sarchu
– Stay overnight at Sarchu
Day 9 | Sarchu – Baralacha La – Keylong – Rohtang Pass – Manali
– On the way cover Suraj Tal, Deepak Tal which are on the road sides only
– Overnight at Manali
Day 10 | Manali – Delhi
– Return home
Day 11 | Buffer day to be kept incase of road closure due to landslides or snowfall or perhaps you want to enjoy more.
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dhiraj,
Thank you so much for your kind reply and guidance.
We are planning to go via Srinagar as you stated in your blog and also from 7th June 2012 Kailash Yatra is starting so it will feasible to return via Manali
Hi Dhiraj,
Thank you so much for your kind reply and guidance.
We are planning to go via Srinagar as you stated in your blog and also from 7th June 2012 Kailash Yatra is starting so it will feasible to go from Srinagar & return via Manali. Please advice.
We will be going via personal car so if possible also provide details of Travel agent etc. who can get us permit in advance.
If there is anything else to take care off or carry then please advice.
Thanks a lot again for all your help.
Hi Tahzeeb,
Manali – Leh Highway willl be officially open by then and Kailash Yatra do not affect the Manali route. Hence, Yuo can come back from Manali route.
You can get in touch with Shanti Guest House or Hotel Shaynam in Leh to get the permits.
Check the list of things to carry for Leh – Ladakh or other trip at the link here.
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Tahzeeb,
Manali – Leh Highway willl be officially open by then and Kailash Yatra do not affect the Manali route. Hence, Yuo can come back from Manali route.
Regards
Dheeraj
hello dhiraj sir,
i want to plan leh in the first week of august by my xylo self drive . is innerline permit for pangong , kahrdung la , nubra and toso moriri in advance from ahmedabad ?
Hi Nilesh,
You need to contact travel agents in Leh or some hotel you might be staying in Leh. They can provide you the Inner Line Permit in advance. You need to mail or fax them the photo Id copies of your group and money they charge for it.
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi, Dheeraj,
Nice to your advice about travel trip to LEH. Really great, I need you advice over it again.
Travelling by Verna, diesel self-drive with wife and two kids 18 & 15 yrs old(boy and Girl)
My itinerary: Start date June 16th sat.
Day-1 Delhi to Jammu.
Day-2 Jammu to Srinagar.
Day-3 Srinagar
Day-4 Srinagar to Kargil.
Day-5 Kargil to Leh.
Day-6 Leh visit.
Day 7 Leh Visit.( or make it one day)
Day-8 Leh to Sarchu
Day-9 Sarchu to Manali
Day 10 stay near manali( Budget Hotels)
Day 11. Manali to Delhi.
Need your comments and help. Shall I Pre-book hotels at Jammu, Srinagar, Leh, Manali or I'll easily find the accommodations( budget Hotels) after reaching these places.
My Verna, Diesel will be suitable for this trip. I have been to Kedarnath and faced no trouble with the CAR.
Please make My Itinerary from Delhi to Srinagar-Leh-Manali-Delhi. My wife don’t like Gardens, Monuments. She like lakes, shopping and Long drive.
Please advice
Thanks,
Baljeet.
Hi Baljeet,
Itinerary looks decent to me but what I believe is that you are going for the road trip not the Ladakh trip because you are not seeing anything in Ladakh. With little caution you can do it in your Verna. Still, I will suggest you read about section "Private Vehicles i.e. Cars and Bikes | Self Drive or Ride to Ladakh" in the article linked here: How to plan a journey on Manali – Leh Highway to give you an idea what to expect in self drive in hatch back. For a quick read:
The roads may be stabilized by that time but you will need to face few challenges on the route. The hatchback/sedan will increase the level of every challenge even further. My suggestion will be to go via Srinagar route which is opened for light vehicles earlier (most likely) and will be stabilized by then. It will help you feel comfortable with the driving, provide more acclimatization and then once you have done the local Leh Ladakh come back via Manali side. Secondly, since you are in hatch/sedan back then you need to drive with extra care as well. There will be some sections on the Manali – Leh highway in which yo might need to sacrifice some scratches on the underbelly. Just make sure you do not bump the engine sump (know it before where it is placed in your car). You need to protect it all around the trip. Thirdly, whenever in doubt do not rush into the section rather park aside and feel the section with your foot, see how other vehicles are crossing it and make a planned route in your mind to cross that section. At the very least do carry Mseal, quick fix, funnely, jerry cans and towing rope with you all the time.
You can check a very balanced and most common itinerary for Leh – Ladakh followed by many travelers including me at the link here: Most Common Itinerary for Leh – Ladakh.
For accommodation, check the nice, preferred list of accommodation options in entire Leh – Ladakh including moderate and cheap budget hotels as well in the series of articles starting on the link here
You need to pre-book only at Manali as it iwll most likely be full of tourists. Rest if you are not specific of any hotel and do not mind searching a bit here and there then you should not book.
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj. we are also planning to stay at tangste, on return from Pangong lake. Do u hv contact no of guesthouses at Tangste…especially Dothuling. heard a lot but dont have the contact no.
Hi Rajnish,
As per itinerary suggested, I do not think you have enough days to stay at Tangste. Better come back to Leh on the same day or increase number of days. I have contacts from Yakmik's Changla Guest House where we stayed at Tangste.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Well mainatined site/blog with all information well written.Going to be useful tool for travellers Best Wishes. Could You also suggest me if I need to settle in HP for 2-3 years which place should i choose which is away from commericalisation and full of peace
Hello Ashish,
Thanks alot dear. If you really want peace, then I will suggest you try Pabbar Valley or Kinnaur Valley or may be Spiti Valley (but life will be tough there). Pabbar is very much off-beat and about 90 KMs from Shimla, so easily approachable too.
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
hello dhiraj sir ,
i want to plan my trip in the mounth of july end from srinagar to leh and return from leh to manali via toso moriri and toso kar . i have xylo car and i want to plan that at leh we dont drive and we take a driver form leh for pangong . khardung so all driver u suggest is aggry to drive my xylo . and what they charge for one day .
Hi Nilesh,
I am not sure what will be the charges for drivers in Ladakh for a day. You can contact Ladakh taxi union or the drivers mentioned in the article here to get the rates.
You can check a very balanced and most common itinerary for Leh – Ladakh followed by many travelers including me at the link here: Most Common Itinerary for Leh – Ladakh.
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Plz dheeraj kindly help me out for following itinerary. We are the group of 4 people. We want make our trip very cheap. Kindly also suggest if we can get any shared taxis/bus for following route. Plz also give me some of the no. of taxi drivers that u know I would be really thankful to you.
Day 01. 18-08-2012
Mumbai-delhi train.
Day 02 Overnight at Delhi
Day 03. 20-08-2012 ( Monday) Delhi to Leh by flight. Rest and acclimatization at leh. Booked shanty guest house for 1200/- for 4 persons.
Day 04: 21-08-2012 (Tuesday) Local sightseeing of leh and arrangements for permits.
Day 05: 22-08-2012 (Wednesday) Leh- Pangong Tso lake via chang la. Return to leh on same day.
Day 6: 23-08-2012 (Thursday)
Leh-Kardungla-Diskit-Hunder via local bus which runs on Thursday.
– Visit Diskit old and new monastery including the tallest Buddha statue
– In the evening you can go for double humped camel ride at Hunder
– Overnight stay at Hundar
Day 7: 24-08-2012 (Friday)
Hunder – Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Visit Sumur and Panamik and finally return to Leh.
– Panamik has hot water springs and Sumur has a nice monastery.
– Overnight at Leh.
Do I have bus facility on Friday from diskit to leh?
Day 8: 25-08-2012 (Saturday)
Leh- kargil-drass. Overnight at drass.
If I want to reach drass at night for stay can I complete lamayuru, alchi, likir, lunar landscape and kargil memorial?
Day 9: 26-08-2012 (Sunday)
Drass to Srinagar via zojila pass.
Hi Rikhil,
You can get shared taxis to almost everywhere. Just stroll in Leh mainmarket and you will see many flyers or white boards where people put names to share taxis and even in hotels you can ask people to join in. As for itinerary I will suggest:
Day 3 | Delhi – Leh (By Flight)
– Checkin at Hotel. Many hotels provide free pick and drop from Airport. Ask while you book them.
– Take ample of rest as well as water or anything that keep your body hydrated enough. DO NOT OVER HYDRATE. Take ORS Soluted water or ORS – L tetra packs from home.
– Do not over exert your body at any cost. Avoid too much up-down on stairs or avoid it in entirety, if possible.
– After 5-6 Hrs of rest you can visit Leh Palace, Local Leh market, Shankar Gompa .
– If you feel exerted go back to Hotel, have dinner at Hotel and take rest. Avoid any exertion. Else continue and,
– Follow the sunset by stroll at Changspa road and have a nice dinner on varied cuisines offered in-around Changspa road.
– Go back to hotel for overnight stay at Leh.
Day 4 | Leh Local Sighseeing + Inner Line Permits
– For more details on inner line permits process and to download application form read the link here:
– Hire a taxi from Leh taxi stand or Hotel whichever suits you.
– Bargain hard with taxi driver. Book that single taxi for entire trip after explaining the complete plan.
– Take his inputs if you feel reasonable and if required modify the plan accordingly but should suits you best.
– Ask him to be with you guys starting first day itself, if required and charged reasonable else do it at your own.
– Again DO NOT over exert and take little steps and slow walks only.
– If feeling OK then do Local sightseeing include Namgyal Gompa, Leh Palace, Shanti Stupa, Shankar Gompa, Main Market, Hall of Fame, Spituk Gompa, Changspa Road Stroll in evening
– Do not use stairs at any of these places just to see them as it will exert your body much more.
– Overnight at Leh
Day 5 | Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder
– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
Day 6 | Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh
– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
Day 7 | Leh – Pangong Tso Lake – Leh
– Day trip to Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Leh
Day 8 | Leh – Sham Valley – Lamayuru – Kargil
– Leave early in the day to see all the places and reach Kargil by night
– Sham Valley include Alchi, Likir, Basgo Palace, Magnetic Hills, Confluence at Zanskar, Gurudwara Pather Sahib
Day 9 | Kargil – Drass – Zozi La – Sonamarg – Srinagar
– Return home
Good Drivers in Leh – Ladakh:
1. Rigzin – 09622954779
2. Naseer – 09906229203 and 09469293183
3. Dorjey – 09419372742
4. Tashi – 09906994647, 09419342238
5. Tsewang – 09622993372
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
thx a lot dheeraj sir.
Hi Dheeraj,
In the last days, I have been following some of your articles, pictures and suggestions in this blog and your facebook. The ladalakh tourist bureau better be grateful to you, for your tremendous help to hapless travellers.
Its wonderful what you do, really.
Well, here is my traveller question. We are a couple from travelling from Germany in mid of August to Delhi and eventually to Leh for 2.5 weeks.
1. I believe you suggest not to fly to Manali and then drive to Leh up on the Leh-Manali highway. Better to do it on the way down. Correct?
2. Is August really okay for Leh? Will there be low clouds impairing visibility in the mountains?
3. Is August really okay to explore the Himachal region – interested in Manali, Khajjiar, and Dharamsala? Or will the rains spoil it all for us?
Thank you so much in advance!
Hi Devyani,
Thanks alot and I am glad that you like the pictures and articles present on the blog. I am just back this week from the heaven called Ladakh after spending about 11-12 days there
… It was some serious fun and hence, more info. coming up to be shared with fellow travelers.
1. Yes, I suggest mostly that one shall travel by Srinagar side and come back via Manali side from Leh. It is always easy on the body as you ascend gradually and hence acclimatize to the high altitude of Ladakh and Manali – Leh Highway when you reach there. You can read more reasons at the link here. You can check the a very balanced and most common itinerary for Leh – Ladakh followed by many travelers including me at the link here.
2. Well, generally August is fine within Ladakh but no one can predict weather conditions. It really rains very less within Ladakh, as it is a rain shadow region. But, now a days rain does reach Ladakh as well though not much. The problem will be lower hills in Jammu and Himachal.
3. Sadly, Rains i.e. August, generally is not a good time to explore Himachal
… Most rivers flow above/close to danger water levels, rains do not allow you to go out and enjoy. Landslides pretty common, so frequent breaks.
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you need any details or have any queries.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Glad to hear you had a great trip!
1. DEL-SRI So on the way up, should we just fly upto Leh? 2 road trips take too much time, right? I realise that we will miss the Tso Morriri lake.
But also, we will be flying from Frankfurt. So FRA-DEL flying; DEL-SRI flying; and SRI-LEH by road would be a lot, isnt it?
2. Ok, I get it that the rain Gods are on our side. But what about clouds covering the views? Do you think that one cant see any mountains becos of fog or clouds, or can we more or more or less expect sunshine.
3. Hmmm…
We will be driving down to Manali on 26th August or so… Time for rains to go away, right? We can spend a couple of days in Manali and then couple of days in Del, and then fly back.
4… Did I mention its awfully nice of you to respond to every query?
Hello Devyani,
1. On the way to Leh try the road trip from Srinagar – Leh as it will help you acclimatize better and hence, your body will feel light. You can fly out of Leh once you are done with sightseeing. Once, you fly from Delhi to Srinagar, you will have to take the rest for the whole day. Next day you can start the journey towards Leh. First you will have a night halt at Kargil, second day if you are interested in local culture then you should night halt at Alchi and finally you will reach Leh after exploring Alchi-Likir-Basgo and other parts of Sham Valley. This will ensure your body is well acclimatized to the high altitude of Leh. I guess doing it at easy pace will not be much of an issue for you guys.
2. Again, chances are you might see clear sky on some days with beautiful blue color which Ladakh is famous for and on the other had at some days you might get cloud cover which will block the views to an extend for sure. If you are not into photography then I guess you shall not worry much because with clouds the vistas are much more dramatic and equally beautiful
3. Moderate probability will be "yes clouds will go away", but now a days we get extended monsoons which last by first week of September. I will wish and pary that the year is back to normal for you
… Yes, you can surely spend couple of days in Manali if you do it by road otherwise skip Manali rather enjoy two days within Ladakh as it will be much more beautiful than Manali in August. Probably fit Tso Moriri (personally I find it much beautiful than Pangong Tso but only personally 
) …
4. Thanks again, just my passion keeps me running and patience of my readers who still read the late replied comments
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hi Dheeraj,
I also like travelling extensively specially on my own with my family .
(I have already covered upto Keylong and also Upto Chitkul (Sangla Valley).
This time I wish to go to Laddakh tentatively between 10th of June and 30th of June,2012. The Total Time I would have would be around 14 days.
Please advise wether it would be possible to go via Srinagar and come back via Manali in this time period and also enjoy without much of driving stress , important places.
Can you suggest an itenary where some not so important places can be overlooked.
Also would the Manlali Leh route expected to be open by 20th of June for return from Leh to Manali.
I stay in NOIDA.
Hello Anupam,
You can check a very balanced and most common itinerary for Leh – Ladakh followed by many travelers including me at the link here: Most Common Itinerary for Leh – Ladakh.
You will be able to do it within this time period and yes by then Manali – Leh route is expected to be open by 20th June
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you have any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Me and my friends planned to visit leh on july 20th…we have started the booking process also..but the problem is we heard that the road between leh-nubra valley remains close on every monday for maintenance purpose in every week..can u plz confirm the information as we have already booked one hotel in nubra valley on 23rd july and it's monday.
Hello Suniket,
Yes, the road to Khardung La is closed for maintenance on Monday. However, I guess these restrictions are for winters only AFAIK and in season time it is not a restriction when snow is less. Of course, if you go early in season then due to presence of snow this rule might be in applicable like in early June or May types but by July the snow from the roads would have resided and you would be allowed to go past Khardung La pass.
Also, sometimes the traffic is allowed even on Monday when rule is applicable from Leh side towards Nubra Valley but only after 4 PM types.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards,
Dheeraj Sharma
hi Dheeraj
Thanks for you support we completed our tour to Manali and gulaba Snow points,and we stayed at Adventure HOME Stay BANALA PANARSA Mandi and we had done all water sports like WATER RAfting at HOme stay ,they are providing all facility ,and rate are also very less,it's really amazing HIMACHAL.
hello dhiraj sir
I want Ladakh Taxi Union Rates List 2012-13 if possble. u promise me that u give me after your ladakh trip .
Hello Nilesh,
You can refer the Leh Ladakh Taxi Union rate list for the year 2012 – 13 at the link here.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards,
Dheeraj Sharma
PS -> Sorry for the delayed reply. I was traveling Ladakh for past two weeks
…
Hi Dheeraj,
I also like travelling extensively specially on my own with my family .I have an Innova. Please advise
if I can go on my own car upto laddakh.
(I have already covered upto Keylong and also Upto Chitkul (Sangla Valley).
This time I wish to go to Laddakh tentatively between 10th of June and 30th of June,2012. The Total Time I would have would be around 14 days.
Please advise wether it would be possible to go via Srinagar and come back via Manali in this time period and also enjoy without much of driving stress , important places.
Can you suggest an itenary where some not so important places can be overlooked.
Also would the Manlali Leh route be open by 20th of June for return from Leh to Manali.
I stay in NOIDA.
Hey Dhiraj
Could u suggest any taxi fellow in Delhi, who can provide his MUV with private passing….been leh twice with private passing vehicles….but seems their numbers have changed…Neither the route nor the unexpected things on this route are new for me…don't wanna take my brand new car on this route…… Have tried searching on Indiamike & BCM touring as well, but couldn't trace the private passing taxi fellows…any inputs…i wanna do it in May
Hi Dheeraj Sir,
I am planning my honey moon trip to Shimla and manali in 2nd week of June12. It will be of 6 days trip and i am from bangalore.i am planning 2 days for shimla and 4 days for kullu and manali. Please suggest me a best itinery covering all the places and also give some infor on unexplored spots inmanali where tourist people crowd is not ther. Below is my travel plan.
08Jun12 – 7.20PM – Karnataka Exp
09Jun12 – Travelling
10Jun12 – Reach Delhi by 11AM
10Jun12 – 9PM – To Kalka by DLI-HWRH_KLK Mail.
11Jun12 – 4.30 AM – Reach Kalka station
11Jun12 – 5.30AM – Kalka to Shimla by Shivalik Dlx Exp.
11Jun12 – 10.30AM – Reach Shimla
12,13,14,15,16
16Jun12 – 4 PM – Manali to DLI – by Volvo. This is my travel plan. From 11Jun12 – 10.30AM to 16Jun12 – 4 PM Please give me a good itinery,places to visit,travelling mode in shimla and manali etc . Covering Shimla and Manali. I need to spend more time in snows. How is the snow in rohtang pass in this season. Entry upto snow point is allowed in June month ? Since this is my first trip to North India every suggestions will be very useful to me.
can you suggest taxi operator in leh for 12 days sightseeing in jun 2012.
Hi Bhaskar,
I will email you the contact numbers of the drivers I know in Leh – Ladakh in the evening. I hope this helps. Let me know incase you need more info. or have any queries or doubts.
Regards,
Dheeraj Sharma
PS -> Sorry for the delayed reply. I was traveling Ladakh for past two weeks
…
Hi Dheeraj,
I am planning for Bike Trip to Leh with a group of 6-7 members.
We have got a quote of around 60K along with Bike, Petrol, Food, Accomdation & Mechnic for route of Manali –> Leh –> Jammu.
I would like to know whether the cost is HIGH or decent enough.
Also, if we have to plan on our own, along with renting Bike from Manali and dropping at Jammu. How much will be cost? which includes Bike, Petrol, Food, Accomdation & Mechnic.
Please suggest.
Thanks
Kedar
Hi Kedar,
If this 60K is to be shared by 6-7 members then it is quite a deal man!!! If it is for one member only then I will prefer you read my article for estimating the cost for Ladakh trip at the link here: How to calculate cost or budget for Leh – Ladakh trip.
Refer section "Self-Drive But Rented Vehicle" and see the budget comes around 30-35K only per person and that too when you are two in number. If you include the in-roads traveling to Leh as well, you will not increase by 40-42K anyhow. I see you have a mechanic as well, so this might be charging higher quote. But, 16-18K for mechanic
does not sound good. Prepare your self, and you will save good amount of money. You can ask any types of question you like, explore the ladakh section of the blog and I am sure you will be able to plan it very easily.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase of any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
PS -> I am traveling to Ladakh on Saturday for 10 days, so might not be able to reply instant.
Thank you Dhreeraj for your response..
Can I get Ph numbers of Bike Renters .. who can provide good bikes on rent .. from Jammu or Manali… I enquired with one of the Bike renter from Manali he is charging Rs.1300 per day without Petrol for Royal Enfield 350cc. He also said he can provide Mechanic with Rs.1000 per day accomodation & Food has to be beared by us…
Please sugggest
Hi Kedar,
For renting the bikes in Manali and their contacts, I will suggest you go through this article: How to Hire or Rent a Bike or Motorcycle in Manali. Carrying a mechanic has become really costly now a days. I will suggest you can opt for taxi to Leh via Manali Leh Highway and then hire bikes in Leh town. That will be much more cheaper and more convenient. You will be in less need of mechanic riding within Ladakh and if at all required the cost will not be much high when compared to Manali – Leh Highway.
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you need any details or have any queries.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
PS -> I am traveling to Ladakh on today for 10 days, so might not be able to reply instantly.
Dear Dheeraj,
I have enjoyed reading you blog, which is good to read.Keep it up man… I am basically from south india, chennai. I planning for Leh trip by two wheeler ( Royal Enfield)- Need you suggestion and advice, which the suitable route.
thanks & rgds
siva
Hi Siva,
Thanks alot. Let me know how many days you have in hand. You can go via Srinagar – Leh Highway and come back via Manali – Leh Highway. Please check out the Most Common Itinerary many of the traveler follow for Leh – Ladakh at the link here. It is quite balanced and relaxed plus you can add any relaxing days in between as you like. The itinerary takes care of the acclimatization part as well. Hence, you can go with it any day.
Please share more details and we can discuss your plan.
I hope this helps. Let me know incase of any queries or doubts.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hey ..It was lovely reading about you and your background. I was curious to know about you, a gentleman who is helping me so much these days for my tour. You are a STAR !! (*)(*)(*)(*)
Thankyou so much Sonal, such warm words of appreciation keeps the momentum going all time
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
hi Dheeraj
i and my wife reaching kullu on 26th April and returning back on 28th April evening kindly guide us for tour plan.
thanks
Hi Prashant,
You can follow a plan like below:
Day 1 | Reach Manali, Manali Local sightseeing which includes Hadimba Temple, Manu Temple, Mall Road, Local Monastery, Vashisth Hot Water Springs (never found it interesting) etc.
Day 2 | Manali – Snow Point either at Solang Valley or Marhi/Gulaba on the way to Rohtang Pass. Enjoy in snow and come back to Manali
Day 3 | Enjoy local Manali sightseeing and take rest till evening. Or you can do day trip to Naggar Castle and come back by evening to take overnight Volvo in he evening.
I hope this helps. Please let me know incase you need any details or have any queries.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
kindly give me information about paragliding etc. and we are reaching there on 26th evening.
Hi Prashant,
You can do paragliding at Solang Valley.
Regards,
Dheeraj Sharma
hi dheeraj
Thanks for gr8 help…..
what is charge for paragliding
Hi Prashant,
I guess it is 600 for shorter version and about 1200 for longer version, though I am not 100% sure about current rates.
Regards
Dheeraj sharma
HELLO DHIRAJ SIR,
I want Ladakh Taxi Union Rates List 2012-13 & Important Telephone Numbers if possible.
Hello Nilesh,
Sorry brother I do not have it right now but I am going to Ladakh next week and will surely get one and share with you guys. IMportant telephone number are mentioned on last year Taxi Union rates I shared here
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
hello dhiraj sir,
i send my itinerary of leh so pls gide me. i want full detail of leh to toso moriri lake with km and route and from there toso kar then sarchu
24-jul- day-1 :- ahmedabad to rewari { 868 km – night at rewari }
25-jul- day-2 :- rewari to patnitop via mansar lake { 725 km –night at patnitop }
26-jul- day-3 :- patnitop to sonamarg { 270 km – night at sonmarg }
27-jul- day-4 :- sonamarg to kargil { 124 km – night at kargil }
28-jul- day-5 :- kargil to lamayuru via mulbekh { 110 km –night at lamayuru }
29-jul- day-6 :- lamayuru to leh { 125 km – night at leh }
30-jul- day-7 ;- leh local sighseeing and inner line permits , shanti stupa , leh
palace { night at leh }
31-jul- day-8 :- leh to hall of fame , pathar sahib gurdwara , sangam , magnetic
hill , spituk gompa and kali mata temple , thiksey , sindhu ghat ,
{ night at leh }
1-aug- day-9 :- leh to pangong lake return at leh { night at leh }
2-aug- day-10 :- leh to khardung la , leh bazar { night at leh }
3-aug- day-11 :- leh to toso moriri { 240 km – night at toso moriri }
4-aug- day-12 :- toso moriri to sarchu via toso kar { 217 km- night at sarchu }
5-aug day-13 :- sarchu to manali { 219 km – night at manali }
6-aug- day-14 :- manali to rewari { 595 km- night at jaipur }
7-aug- day-15 :- rewari to ahmedabad { 868 km }
Hello Nilesh,
I have the following suggestion on your itinerary:
28-jul- day-5 :- kargil to Leh via mulbekh and lamayuru (leave early from KArgil and you will be able to cover lamayuru and mulbek on the route as well). You will also be able to do pathar sahib gurdwara , sangam , magnetic hill while going to Leh this day.,
29-jul- day-6 :- leh local sighseeing and inner line permits , shanti stupa , leh palace, hall of fame , spituk gompa and kali mata temple { night at leh }
30-jul- day-7 ;- Leh – Khardung La – Diskit – Hunder– Head for Nubra Valley and stay overnight at Hunder / Diskit
– On the way enjoy a cup of soup at Highest Motorable Pass (as claimed) Khardung La
– Diskit has monasteries with tallest lord Buddha statue and Hunder has sand dunes and bacterian camel safari
31-jul- day-8 :- Hunder / Diskit – Sumur – Panamik – Sumur – Khardung La – Leh– Sumur has a famous monastery to check out and Panamik has hot water springs
– Overnight at Leh
1-aug- day-9 :- Leh – Hemis Monastery – Pangong Tso Lake– Cover either of Hemis, Thicksey and Shey on the go towards Pangong Tso
– Overnight at Pangong Tso (Spangmik or Lukung)
2-aug- day-10 :- Pangong Tso Lake – Thicksey Monastery – Shey Palace – Leh– Cover either of Hemis, Thicksey and Shey on return to Leh
– Overnight at Leh
For complete travel guide on Tso Moriri lake in ladakh check the link here
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
hi dhiraj sir,
sir i want to plan my trip in the mounth of july end from srinagar to leh and return from leh to manali via toso moriri and toso kar. so pls gide me that from leh to toso moriri and then toso kar to sarchu–manali route with full detail . i want to know that zing zinf bar nallaha create too much problems on the way.
Hello Nilesh,
Do not worry about nalla, if you are traveling in a taxi. If you are on a self drive mission then leave Sarchu by 5 AM types and you will find less trouble at the zing zing bar nalla. The late you make it, the tougher it gets and by the evening almost impossible to cross. As per the itinerary and the route details, check the most common itinerary of complete circuit followed by many travelers including me for Leh – Ladakh at the link here: Most Common Itinerary for Leh – Ladakh
I hope this helps. Please let me know for any doubts or queries you have.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
We (myself, my wife and 15year old son) decided to go to Leh from Srinagar. Will it be the right time to travel the 1st week of July to Leh via Sonmarg, Kargil etc? We already have booked the flight and hotels in those areas. A bit concerned about the rainy season and and the hazards of land slide etc. Pleas advise how safe will be the travel. Booked thru a travel agent.
Hello Raghuraj,
It is good that you have booked the hotels in-around Kashmir because at that time Amarnath Yatra will be at full swing. Hence, taking that route means you should definitely have some booking done. Now, first week of July, I feel shall be OK to Travel as rains generally hit the region around mid-July now a days. However, nothing is certain. Once you reach Kargil from Srinagar, you need not worry much about rains because the that region beyond Kargil falls under rain shadow region including whole Leh Ladakh. Yes, rains does reach Leh now but most general cases you will experience a slight drizzle here and there and overcast skies. But, again nothing is certain when it comes to weather but this is general trend which I have suggested above
I hope this helps. Please let me know for any doubts or queries you have.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
hii,dheeraj.hru.hw can i cnt u personally.
Hi Ruhail,
You can get in touch over email address which you will get as reply to this comment.
Regards
Dheeraj
Hi Dheeraj! I found your articles very intersting and as I am planning to visit Uttarakhand in May very usefull too. So,may I ask you for some advice?
Hello Bojan,
Thanks a lot dear for liking the articles present on the blog. Please let me know for any kind of queries you have and I will be happy to answer what all knowledge I have about traveling to the place you are interested.
Regards
Dheeraj Sharma
Hii Dheeraj.
Thanks for all the useful informations in your blog. I am planning to visit Leh hopefully in last week of May or first week of June depending upon status of road. My ride will start from Manali to Leh & return via same route. I have 2 days to reach Leh from Manali then 2 days stay at Leh & then again 2 days ride back to Manali. Is this schedule appropriate or I need to add a day in my plan.